Laboratory Safety Plan

Transcription

1 Laboratory Safety Plan Revised: April University of New Hampshire Office of Environmental Health and Safety. All rights reserved. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 1

2 EMERGENCY INFORMATION POST AT THE NEAREST PHONE HOME PHONE OFFICE PHONE PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR: ALTERNATE CONTACT: LOCATION OF CHEMICAL SPILL KIT: LOCATION OF BIOLOGICAL SPILL KIT: LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER: LOCATION OF FIRE ALARM: Director of EHS Primary Emergency Coordinator Hazardous Waste Coordinator Alternate Emergency Coordinator Manager of Laboratory and Environmental Safety Alternate Emergency Coordinator CELL PHONE OFFICE PHONE (603) (603) (603) (603) (603) (603) Radiation Safety Officer (603) (603) Laboratory Safety Officer (603) (603) Hazardous Waste Specialist (603) (603) Occupational Safety Coordinator (603) Chemical Inventory Coordinator (603) Maintenance Control Center (603) Environmental Health and Safety (603) Fire/Police Dispatch 911 Emergency Medical Services (EMS), Hospital, etc. 911 Local Emergency Response Team 911 State of New Hampshire - Department of Environmental Services (603) This document must remain visible DO NOT COVER! UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 2

3 Table of Contents Chapter 1 Laboratory Safety Plan... 8 Section 1: Introduction... 9 Section 2: Administrative Responsibilities Section 3: Safety Committees Section 4: Laboratory Construction and Renovation Projects Section 5: Americans with Disabilities Act / Reasonable Accommodations Chapter 2 Laboratory Practices & Safety Equipment Section 1: General Laboratory Safety Procedures Section 2: Food and Beverages in the Laboratory Section 3: Security Section 4: Laboratory Design and Equipment Section 5: Working Alone in the Laboratory Section 6: Laboratory Safety Surveys Chapter 3 Personal Protective Equipment Section 1: Personal Protective Equipment Policy Section 2: Eye and Face Protection Section 3: Laboratory Coats, Gloves, and Other Protective Clothing Section 4: Respiratory Protection Section 5: Protective Clothing Outside the Laboratory Section 6: Laundering Laboratory Clothing Chapter 4 Ventilation Section 1: Laboratory Ventilation Policy Section 2: Fume Hoods Section 3: Glove Boxes Section 4: Gas Exhaust Cabinets Section 5: Biological Safety Cabinets Section 6: Laminar Flow Hoods Chapter 5 Emergencies & Accidents Section 1: Emergency Assistance Section 2: Preparation Section 3: Chemical Spills Section 4: First Aid Section 5: Mercury Spills Section 6: Environmental Chemical Releases Section 7: Biological Spills Section 8: Fires or Explosions Section 9: Accidents and Injuries Section 10: Power Outages or Service Interruptions UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 3

4 Chapter 6 Monitoring and Examination Section 1: Exposure Monitoring Section 2: Medical Examination and Consultation Section 3: Reproductive Hazards, Teratogenic Agents, and Pregnancy Chapter 7 Training & Information Section 1: Training and Information Policy Section 2: Back Injury Prevention Training Section 3: Biological Safety and Sharps Training Section 4: Bloodborne Pathogens Training Section 5: Chemical Safety Training Section 6: Computer Workstation Ergonomics Training Section 7: Confined Space Entry Training Section 8: Fall Protection and Ladder Safety Training Section 9: Hazardous Materials Shipping Training Section 10: Hazardous Waste Management Training Section 11: Laser Safety Training Section 12: Radiation Safety Training Section 13: Respiratory Protection Training Section 14: UNHCEMS User Training Chapter 8 Recordkeeping Section 1: Medical Records Section 2: Training Records Chapter 9 Chemical Safety Section 1: Chemical Hygiene in Laboratories Section 2: Use of Hazardous Chemicals Section 3: Chemical Inventory Section 4: Material Safety Data Sheets Section 5: Labeling Chemicals Section 6: Chemical Procurement and Distribution Section 7: Housekeeping Section 8: Chemical Storage Section 9: Special Operating Procedures for Hazardous Chemicals Section 10: Intra-Facility Transportation of Chemicals Section 11: Chemical Waste Section 12: Particularly Hazardous Substances Section 13: Carcinogens Section 14: Controlled Substances Section 15: Accepting Hazardous Materials Chapter 10 Biological Safety Section 1: Biosafety Level One (BSL-1) Requirements Section 2: Biosafety Level Two (BSL-2) Requirements Section 3: Biosafety Level Three (BSL-3) Requirements Section 4: Institutional Biosafety Committee (IBC) Registration UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 4

5 Section 5: Laboratory Animals Section 6: Human Blood and Body Fluids Section 7: Universal Precautions Section 8: Recombinant DNA Section 9: Environmental Samples Section 10: Importation and Interstate Shipment of Pathogens Section 11: Biosafety Practices and Safety Equipment Section 12: Biological Spills Section 13: Flow Cytometry for Live and Fixed Cells Section 14: Ethidium Bromide Handling and Disposal Section 15: Autoclave Use, Maintenance, and Testing Section 16: Biohazardous Waste Disposal Practices Chapter 11 Radiation Safety Section 1: Radiation Safety Program Chapter 12 Laser Safety Section 1: Introduction Section 2: Responsibilities Section 3: Laser Safety Fundamentals Section 4: Engineering Controls Section 5: Administrative Controls Section 6: Personal Protective Equipment Section 7: Laser Registration Form Section 8: Laser Relocation Form Section 9: Laser Exposure Incident Report Section 10: Laser Door Signs Section 11: Glossary of Terms Chapter 13 Electrical Safety Plan Section 1: Introduction Section 2: Roles and Responsibilities Section 3: General Requirements Section 4: Use of Extension Cords Section 5: Use of Power Strips Section 6: Use of Clamp Lighting Section 7: Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters Section 8: Changes to Building Electrical Services Section 9: Damaged or Defective Equipment Section 10: Special Considerations Chapter 14 Individual Health and Safety Plan Section 1: Individual Laboratory Safety Plan Appendix A Glossary Appendix B References UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 5

6 Appendix C SOPs for Hazardous Chemicals Appendix D Biological Safety Survey Appendix E Laboratory Safety Survey Appendix F Sharps Appendix G Autoclaves and Indicators Appendix H Biosafety Level Summary Table Appendix I Chemical Inactivation of Certain Toxins Appendix J Autoclave Inactivation of Certain Toxins Appendix K Summary of Practical Disinfectants Appendix L Effectiveness of Certain Disinfectants Appendix M Chemical Disinfectants Appendix N Summary of Spill Responses Appendix O Incompatible Chemicals Appendix P High Energy Oxidizers Appendix Q Common Organic Peroxides Appendix R Threshold Limit Values and Flammability of Some Commonly Used Gases Appendix S Carcinogens Appendix T Particularly Hazardous Substances Appendix U Individual Health and Safety Plan Appendix V Biological Agents & Biosafety Levels Appendix W Biological Agents Exempt from the NIH Guidelines Appendix X Risk Groups and Associated Agents from the NIH Guidelines Appendix Y OSHA Laboratory Standard Appendix Z Laboratory Check Out/Check In Forms Maintenance Entry Approval Form UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 6

7 F O R E W O R D The Laboratory Safety Plan is intended to comply with the following federal, state, and local regulations: USNH USY VI.F.3. University System Policy on Environmental Health and Safety USNH BOT VI.F.3. Board of Trustee Policy on Environmental Health and Safety New Hampshire RSA 277-A Worker s Right to Know Law New Hampshire Lab Hazardous and Toxic Substances 59 CFR Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules 29 CFR Occupational Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories 29 CFR Hazard Communication National Fire Protection Association Requirements Durham Ordinances The Laboratory Safety Plan should not be considered the only reference for health and safety concerns. However, this document does provide a compilation of suggested work practices, protocols and systems to work safely in University of New Hampshire laboratories. In addition, the Office of Environmental Health and Safety is always available to address health and safety concerns. This document will be evaluated and updated at least annually by the Institutional Biosafety Committee and the Chemical Safety Committee. This document also contains several appendices with essential information for laboratory personnel. The Office of Environmental Health and Safety will evaluate and update the appendices on a routine basis. At the time of publishing, the Chemical Safety Committee and the Institutional Biosafety Committee were composed of the following individuals: CHEMICAL SAFETY COMMITTEE Clyde Denis Xiaowei Teng Andy Glode Scott Greenwood Tom Harris Linda Kalnejais Lee Jahnke Sarah Kenick Bradford Manning Bill McDowell Marty McCrone Janet Poff Cindi Rohwer Victor Sosa Cheryl Whistler Julie Simpson INSTITUTIONAL BIOSAFETY COMMITTEE Barbara Berman David Berlinsky Barry Corriveau Richard French Lorraine Doucet Victor Sosa Robert Gibson John Collins Stephen Jones Carol Loring Bradford Manning Aaron Margolin Jim Miller Subhash Minocha Frank Rodgers The Chemical Safety Committee and the Institutional Biosafety Committee would like to thank the University of Massachusetts for allowing us to use their template for this health and safety manual. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 7

8 Chapter 1 Laboratory Safety Plan Section 1: Introduction Section 2: Administrative Responsibilities Department Chairs Departmental Health & Safety Coordinator Faculty Members Employees and Students Environmental Health & Safety Section 3: Safety Committees Section 4: Laboratory Construction and Renovation Section 5: Americans with Disabilities Act / Reasonable Accommodations UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 8

9 Section 1: Introduction It is the policy of UNH to maintain a safe environment for its students, academic appointees, staff, and visitors in an atmosphere that encourages employees, students, and other campus members to communicate occupational safety and environmental health matters without fear of reprisal. The University will promote comprehensive biological and chemical safety programs based on applicable health and safety standards promulgated by federal and state agencies, including the OSHA regulation, 29 CFR , titled, Occupational Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories, as well as published standards of nationally recognized professional health and safety groups. The Office of Environmental Health and Safety (OEHS) and the various campus safety committees help to assure that campus policies and state and federal mandates are followed. OEHS and the safety committees have written the Laboratory Safety Plan to define administrative responsibilities, accepted safety guidelines and standards, proper laboratory facilities, safety equipment, emergency procedures, medical surveillance, exposure monitoring, training and recordkeeping requirements. The purpose of the Laboratory Safety Plan is to provide a framework for recognizing, evaluating, and controlling hazards associated with laboratory operations. Departments may choose to go above and beyond this document and implement additional health and safety protocols. Implementation of the Laboratory Safety Plan depends on the cooperation of department chairs, faculty, laboratory staff, students, OEHS staff and members of safety committees. The responsibility for safety and health must be shared by all and we must work towards meeting the standards set forth in this Laboratory Safety Plan with the common goal of promoting a healthy and safe environment for all employees and students. We recognize that in some situations, proper facilities and equipment are not available for conducting projects. When this is the case, faculty members should consult with your Departmental Safety Committee Representative and OEHS for assistance in evaluating hazards and finding ways to conduct work in a safe and healthy manner. Mark Huddleston President UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 9

10 Section 2: Administrative Responsibilities Each individual faculty member is responsible for implementing all University health and safety policies in his/her laboratory. The Dean of each college will implement University health and safety policies. The Department Chair will ensure compliance with existing health and safety policies by designating a Departmental Safety Committee Representative. OEHS is available to provide additional oversight, training, consultation, and technical assistance. Specific responsibilities are outlined below. Responsibilities of Department Chairs and Directors Department Chairs and Directors are responsible for the overall operations of their programs. Department Chairs and Directors shall also: 1. Disseminate and inform faculty and staff of University health and safety policies. 2. Designate a Departmental Safety Committee Representative. 3. Ensure faculty and staff have updated their emergency contact lists and communicated that information to the Office of Environmental Health and Safety. Responsibilities of the Departmental Safety Committee Representative The Departmental Safety Committee Representative is appointed by lead administrator (i.e., Vice President, Dean, Director) for the division or college and is made up of faculty representatives. The Departmental Safety Committee Representative shall also: 1. Assist each faculty member in implementing University safety and health policies. 2. Communicate information on health and safety policies to faculty and staff. Responsibilities of Faculty Members Faculty members are responsible for the day-to-day health and safety management of their laboratories and ensuring compliance with federal, state, and local laws. Faculty members shall also: 1. Develop and implement Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) that include health and safety considerations for work involving the use of hazardous materials. 2. Develop and implement applicable health and safety policies for the laboratory. 3. Develop written safety procedures applicable to their research and teaching activities. 4. Mandate laboratory practices and engineering controls that reduce the potential for exposure to hazards. 5. Inform all laboratory staff and students of the potential hazards associated with laboratory operations. Discuss the hazardous properties associated with UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 10

11 chemicals in the laboratory (e.g., reproductive toxin, carcinogen, mutagen, poison, flammable, peroxidizable, explosive). 6. Inform laboratory personnel of the proper procedures for dealing with accidents and spills. 7. Ensure employees and students are trained as required by the State of New Hampshire RSA 277-A regulation, the OSHA Right-to-Know Law, and University of New Hampshire health and safety policies. 8. Supervise laboratory personnel to ensure that safe practices and engineering controls are employed. 9. Instruct laboratory personnel on the location and use of safety equipment in the facility. 10. Designate at least one person to serve as a safety contact in your absence. 11. Post telephone numbers for all emergency response and safety contacts in a noticeable area in the laboratory, preferably near a telephone. Ensure the posting is updated during sabbaticals or other absences. 12. Keep emergency telephone call-back lists up-to-date. 13. Report accidents and any other safety problems to the Departmental Safety Committee Representative and OEHS. 14. Conduct periodic safety inspections and ensure problems are remedied. 15. Address issues identified by the Laboratory Safety Survey (see Appendix E). 16. Ensure that pertinent Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are available. OEHS provides online MSDS at Responsibilities of Employees, Students, and Visitors All personnel who use, store, and handle hazardous materials, are required to abide by the minimum requirements set forth in the UNH Laboratory Safety Plan as well as any specific requirements specific to their school, department, or division. Employees, students, and visitors shall also: 1. Follow all safety and health procedures specified in the Laboratory Safety Plan and by the faculty member in the laboratory. 2. Complete required health and safety training sessions. 3. Report accidents, unhealthy and unsafe conditions to the faculty supervisor, Departmental Safety Committee Representative and/or OEHS. 4. Notify the faculty supervisor of any health conditions that could lead to serious health situations in the laboratory. Responsibilities of the Office of Environmental Health & Safety (OEHS) OEHS is responsible for ensuring the effectiveness and evaluation of the UNH Laboratory Safety Plan. OEHS provides support and technical assistance in the safe use, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials at UNH. OEHS shall also: 1. Provide technical guidance on matters of laboratory safety. 2. Inspect laboratories to assure compliance with safety and health guidelines and regulations and to assist with remediation of safety issues. * UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 11

12 3. Investigate accidents and recommend action to reduce the potential for recurrence. ** 4. Coordinate clean-up operations in the event of a large chemical or biological spill or if a spill reaches the environment. 5. Develop and conduct training programs in laboratory safety. 6. Work with state and local officials on matters of codes and enforcement. 7. Assist laboratory personnel with evaluating, preventing, and controlling hazards. 8. Oversee the adoption and implementation of all University health and safety policies. 9. Maintain training and audit documentation. * OEHS will make every attempt to schedule laboratory audits with faculty members. However, if the faculty member is unavailable or is unresponsive, OEHS will proceed with the safety audit. ** OEHS may conduct unannounced accident investigations. Please be aware that federal, state, and local inspectors may also conduct unannounced inspections. Section 3: Safety Committees UNH has established a Radiation Safety Committee (RSC) and Institutional Biosafety Committee (IBC) according to government mandates. UNH has also established a Chemical Safety Committee (CSC) and an Occupational Safety Committee (OSC). The members of these safety committees are appointed by the Senior Vice Provost for Research to improve conditions specific to this University. It shall be the responsibility of these committees to establish safety and health policies in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations and evaluate research being conducted on the UNH campus for safety and health considerations. In addition, departments should form safety committees to review and address safety issues specific to their areas. Section 4: Laboratory Construction and Renovation Projects All design, construction, and modification of laboratory facilities must be reviewed by the Energy and Campus Development Department and OEHS, whether executed by an outside contractor or internal personnel. In order to ensure the safety of new and renovated laboratories, specific design and construction features are required by state and federal codes. Section 5: Americans with Disabilities Act / Reasonable Accommodations The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requires the University of New Hampshire to make reasonable accommodations for students, staff, and faculty with disabilities as defined by the ADA. If you are a student with a disability and wish to discuss academic accommodations, contact Disability Services for Students, MUB, room 118 or at (V/TTY). If you are a staff or faculty member with a disability and wish to discuss reasonable accommodations, contact the ADA Compliance Officer in Affirmative Action and Equity, room 305, Thompson Hall or at (V/TTY). UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 12

13 Chapter 2 Laboratory Practices & Safety Equipment Section 1: General Laboratory Safety Procedures Section 2: Food and Beverages in the Laboratory Section 3: Security Section 4: Laboratory Design and Equipment Drench Showers Eye and Face Washes Fire Extinguishers Open Floor Drains and Sink Traps Door Postings and other Signs Laboratory Safety Information First Aid Kits Sharps Containers and Glass Only Boxes Mechanical Pipetting Aids Vacuum Line Filtration Placement of Safety Equipment Laboratory Vision Panel Centrifuge Safety Section 5: Working Alone in the Laboratory Section 6: Laboratory Safety Survey UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 13

14 Section 1: General Laboratory Safety Procedures The following general safety practices must be followed in all laboratories on campus: 1. Know the hazardous properties of the materials you are working with (e.g., chemical, biological, electrical, radioactive): Refer to the written laboratory protocols and review the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for chemicals. Consider the toxicity of materials, the health and safety hazards of each procedure, the knowledge and experience of laboratory personnel and the safety equipment that is available. 2. Know the location of safety equipment and emergency and exit procedures. 3. Always wear appropriate clothing (e.g., pants, shirts, shoes) and personal protective equipment (e.g., safety glasses, lab coats, gloves) in the laboratory. Open sandals, clogs, crocs, and similar footwear are prohibited; shorts and skirts are not recommended. 4. Remove personal protective equipment (PPE) before leaving the laboratory. 5. If hazardous operations are conducted in the laboratory, arrangements should be made to have another person present (see Section 5, Working Alone in the Laboratory, for additional information). 6. Use a properly operating fume hood when working with hazardous chemicals. 7. Do not eat, smoke, drink, prepare food, or apply cosmetics in the laboratory. 8. Keep work areas clean and uncluttered at all times. 9. Do not leave reactions unattended. Contact OEHS for more information. 10. Unauthorized individuals are prohibited from entering the laboratory. 11. Persons under 14 years of age are prohibited from entering certain highhazard/high-risk areas (e.g., laboratories with hazardous chemicals, infectious organisms, or rooms with hydraulic equipment, lasers or radioactive material). Exceptions to this policy require prior written approval from OEHS. Additional information about children in high hazard areas can be found on the OEHS website at n_in_high_hazard_areas.pdf. 12. Persons under 16 years of age are prohibited from entering any Biological Safety Level (BSL-3) laboratories. 13. Employees under 18 years of age are subject to the New Hampshire Youth Employment Law (RSA 276-A). Contact Human Resources for more information. 14. Non-laboratory and non-assistance animals are not allowed in campus laboratories. 15. Refer to Safety in Academic Chemistry Labs (ISBN: ) and Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories (ISBN: ) at in addition to this manual for other safety procedures to follow in the laboratory. 16. Complete and post the UNH Maintenance Approval Entry Form before maintenance work is performed in your laboratory (see the last page of this document for more information). UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 14

15 Section 2: Food and Beverages in the Laboratory Section 3: Security In order to reduce potential exposures and to ensure compliance with prudent laboratory operations, regulations, and other best management practices, UNH prohibits the storage and consumption of food and drink in all campus laboratories. The only exception is for food and beverages used in research and teaching projects. These materials must be labeled, Not for Human Consumption. In order to prevent potential exposure to hazardous materials: Do not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum, apply cosmetics, or take medicine in laboratories where hazardous materials are handled or stored. Do not store food, beverages, cups, or other drinking and eating utensils in areas where hazardous materials are handled or stored. Do not use glassware for laboratory operations to prepare or consume food or beverages. Do not use laboratory refrigerators, ice chests, cold rooms, and ovens for food storage or preparation. Do not use laboratory water sources or deionized laboratory water for drinking water. Important: Food and beverages must never be stored in any laboratory refrigerator in which chemicals, biological, and radioactive materials are kept unless they have been labeled, Not for Human Consumption. Laboratory security is an integral part of an effective safety program. Follow these steps to ensure a secure working environment in your laboratory: 1. Keep laboratory doors closed and locked when unoccupied. 2. Keep stocks of organisms and hazardous chemicals locked when the laboratory is unoccupied. 3. Keep an accurate record of chemicals, stocks, cultures, project materials, growth media, and those items that support project activities. 4. Notify UNH police if materials are damaged or missing from laboratories. 5. Inspect all packages arriving into the laboratory. 6. When research is completed for the day, ensure that chemicals and biological materials have been stored properly and securely. 7. Ask strangers (someone you do not recognize as a co-worker or support staff person) to exit the room if they are not authorized to be there. 8. Discuss other security-specific requirements with your supervisor and colleagues. Section 4: Laboratory Design and Equipment The following safety devices/equipment should be available for laboratory personnel working with hazardous materials. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 15

16 A. Drench Showers Drench showers and other emergency wash systems are used in an emergency to flush chemicals that have accidentally come in contact with laboratory personnel. In order to wash the body properly, clothing should be removed as water is applied. The drench shower can be used to extinguish a clothing fire, but this is not recommended if the shower is more than a couple of feet away. The best method of extinguishing a clothing fire is to Stop, Drop, and Roll, and then remove clothing. In order to ensure adequate access to the shower, at least three feet of space in each direction is required beneath the shower and this area must be kept free of all obstacles. Facility Operations inspects drench showers annually for proper flow and operation. A DO NOT USE notice must be placed on the unit if the shower is not properly functioning. B. Eye and Face Washes The best treatment for chemical splashes of the eye and face is immediate flushing with copious amounts of water for 15 minutes. Eye and face washes are equipped with a stay-open valve. All plumbed eye and face washes should be flushed by laboratory occupants on a weekly basis by allowing the water to flow for approximately 3 minutes to remove stagnant water from the pipes. Plastic eye wash bottles are not recommended. In general, the emergency eyewash equipment should be installed within 10 seconds walking time from the location of a hazard. The equipment must be installed on the same level as the hazard (accessing the equipment should not require going up or down stairs or ramps). In addition, the path of travel from the hazard to the equipment should be free of obstructions and as straight as possible. C. Fire Extinguishers Fire extinguishers are placed in or just outside laboratories depending on the hazards. A dry chemical (e.g., BC, ABC) type extinguisher is located in laboratory facilities where flammable liquids are used and a carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) type extinguisher is located in laboratories with computer and electrical equipment (i.e., mass spectrometers, gas chromatographs and NMR facilities). Metal-X extinguishing agent, a graphite material, is used to smother a Class D (flammable solids) fire and is distributed to laboratories when appropriate. Staff members who plan to attempt extinguishing small fires must be trained in extinguisher operation. For more information about fire extinguishers, contact OEHS at D. Open Floor Drains and Sink Traps In order to reduce odors in buildings, sink traps and floor drains should be filled weekly with one to two liters of water. Laboratories that are not used for long UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 16

17 periods should be checked regularly to assure that floor drains and sink traps are filled. No equipment should be placed over floor drains to obstruct this routine maintenance. E. Door Postings and Other Signs A hazard and emergency information sign should be posted on the laboratory door exterior, facing the corridor. Response personnel will use the hazard and emergency information sign during an emergency. The sign identifies hazards within the facility, the responsible faculty member, and other personnel to be contacted in the event of an emergency. In the event of an accident, chemical spill, fire, or personal injury, assistance from a person familiar with the laboratory may be requested. OEHS should be consulted about other door postings and signs (e.g., radioactive materials, biohazards) that may be required. Faculty members should review signs at least annually or in the event that pertinent information changes. Contact OEHS at to request a new sign. F. Laboratory Safety Information Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), emergency procedures, safety manuals, and other references must be readily available for all laboratory personnel. G. First Aid Kits First aid kits should be available in each laboratory. According to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), the kit should contain the following: Item and Minimum Size or Volume* Minimum Quantity Absorbent compress, 32 square inches (No side smaller than 4 ) 1 Adhesive bandages, 1 x 3 16 Adhesive tape, 5 yards 1 Antiseptic, 0.5 gram application 10 Ice packs 2 Medical exam gloves (disposable) 2 pair Sterile pads, 3 x 3 4 Triangular bandage, 40 x 40 x 56 1 * Other items as needed. First aid kits should not have topical creams, liquids or ointments that can cause further discomfort and/or hinder medical treatment. H. Sharp Containers and Glass Only Boxes Sharps containers are used for the disposal of hypodermic needles and syringes, razor blades and other sharp items. When three-quarters full, sharps containers should be sealed, labeled with the building/room number, placed into a biohazard bag, and then placed into a biological or infectious waste burn box. Call OEHS at for disposal instructions. See Appendix F for additional information. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 17

18 Glass Only boxes are used for the disposal of clean broken glass only. When three-quarters full, the boxes should be properly sealed, labeled with the building/room number and disposed in a dumpster. Sharps Containers and Glass Only boxes can be obtained from the chemical stockroom or departmental offices. I. Mechanical Pipetting Aids Mechanical pipetting aids should be used. Mouth pipetting is prohibited. J. Vacuum Line Filtration To prevent fluid and aerosol contamination of the central vacuum system in certain buildings, it is recommended that a High-Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter cartridge be placed in any suction tubing immediately before the vacuum inlet (valves). This will help protect the central vacuum system from corrosion, rust, etc. These filters should be replaced annually or whenever there is evidence of filter blockage, failure, or wetness. K. Placement of Safety Equipment In newly constructed and renovated laboratories, drench showers, eyewashes, and fire extinguishers are located next to the main door of the facility for occupant safety. A hazard (i.e., chemical, fire or personal injury) should not come between you and your safe egress from the room. In addition to the aforementioned safety equipment, emergency gas shut-offs and electric panels should also be located next to the main door. Depending on the work, additional controls and equipment may be needed for protection of laboratory workers. L. Laboratory Vision Panel The Laboratory Vision Panel is the window space in the main door of the laboratory, used by emergency response personnel to identify internal problems (e.g., an injured person, a small fire, a chemical spill). The Durham Fire Department requests that the vision panel in the door not be blocked, unless it is necessary to maintain darkness for optical work, spectroscopy, or photography. The Laboratory Vision Panel should be a 100 square-inch wire glass window panel in the door to the laboratory. M. Centrifuge Safety The proper operation of a centrifuge is essential in the laboratory. Accidents involving centrifugation can cause serious personal injury and damage to laboratory equipment. Centrifuge problems may arise from improper mechanical conditions, hazardous materials, and operator error. The operator of a centrifuge must have knowledge of the manufacturer s recommended instructions and the hazards associated with centrifuge use. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 18

19 Follow the guidelines below to help extend the centrifuge s lifespan and to reduce accidents in the laboratory, including potential exposure to hazardous materials, leaks, and mechanical failures: Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) should be developed for each centrifuge and all experiments involving the centrifuge. Centrifuge operators must be trained in the proper use, handling, and storage of the unit. The centrifuge lid should be locked whenever the rotor is in motion. The centrifuge lid must never be opened when in operation; opening the lid while the unit is in operation may result in severe injury. Modern centrifuges cannot be opened while the rotor is spinning; older centrifuges that do not have this safety feature should be replaced. Follow the appropriate safety precautions when working with hazardous materials. Use the centrifuge in a properly ventilated area, especially when loading and unloading hazardous materials. Wait at least 10 minutes to open the centrifuge whenever an aerosol may be generated. Manipulation of pathogenic organisms and recombinant products should be performed in a certified biological safety cabinet. Create, review, and rehearse steps to be taken in the event of a spill or leak. Notify the principal investigator or laboratory manager and follow established protocols; be sure to know where clean up materials are located. The following safe operating techniques will help reduce the chances of improper centrifuge operation: Ensure that the rotor and tubes are thoroughly clean and dry before centrifuge use. Do not overfill centrifuge tubes; overfilling centrifuge tubes may cause unwanted leaks and spills. Centrifuge tubes should never be filled more than three-fourths full. Whenever possible, especially with the use of hazardous materials, aspirate the solution out of the tubes instead of pouring. Use a fume hood or safety cabinet if aerosols are anticipated or suspected. Be sure to balance the tubes against each other and within the rotor when loading the centrifuge. For example, when spinning only two tubes, place them on opposite sides of the rotor. Do not place them next to each other. Also, be sure the densities of the materials in the tubes are similar. Do not open the lid until the rotor has stopped spinning. Understanding the basic mechanics of a centrifuge and how to maintain it is important to overall safety. Damaged centrifuges can put operators and bystanders at risk. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 19

20 Follow these steps whenever using a centrifuge: Periodically clean and inspect the centrifuge and turn the spindle by hand. By doing this, there is a likelihood of catching a problem before it becomes dangerous. Follow the manufacturer s instructions and check the expiration date of both the rotor and centrifuge. Always follow the manufacturer s retirement date for rotors and other centrifuge parts. Improperly balanced tubes or excessive rotation speed may cause stress to the centrifuge, which may lead to small cracks in the rotor and eventually rotor failure. Rotors constructed of certain materials may experience metal fatigue. Metal fatigue is caused by constant spinning and stopping, which causes changes to its microstructure. Always follow manufacturer s instructions to prevent metal fatigue. Preventing corrosion is one factor in maintaining a centrifuge. Rotors and parts of centrifuges may be made of aluminum or other metals that may corrode. Visually inspect rotors and other centrifuge parts for corrosion. Rotors or parts exhibiting corrosion should be removed from use and should be evaluated by a service technician. Do not use a wire brush to clean any part of the centrifuge as it may accelerate corrosion. Alkaline detergents should not be used to clean the centrifuge. If corrosive materials are spilled in a centrifuge, be sure to clean it immediately and let dry. Routine washing of rotors with mild dish soap should prolong rotor life. Wash, rinse, and let dry. When finished using refrigerated centrifuges, wipe the can dry and leave the door open to allow the centrifuge to dry. This will help prevent microbial growth and subsequent odors. Rotor life is variable depending upon composition and design. Aluminum rotors are generally under warranty for seven years. After that time, field inspections may determine if the rotor should have its maximum speed lowered and/or be taken completely out of service. Any sign of wear or corrosion indicates the need for further inspection. Rotors made from titanium are derated when they have been used (i.e., cycled) a specific number of times. Fixed angle rotors are derated after five to six thousand cycles. Swinging bucket titanium rotors are derated after approximately 1,600 cycles. Derating is usually to a speed of 90% of maximum. Consequently, a log of all titanium rotors should be kept if they are used frequently. Beckman and Sorvall recommend derating all titanium rotors after 5 years. Carbon fiber rotors are the latest to be introduced into the market and they have several advantages. They are less than half the weight of comparable aluminum rotors and resistant to almost all chemicals. They do not corrode and do not have a finite life span. They reach speed and come to a stop more quickly than heavier aluminum rotors, which contribute to a longer centrifuge life. Always check with the manufacturer to verify rotor life. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 20

21 Section 5: Working Alone in the Laboratory All faculty, staff, students, and visitors working in a laboratory where hazardous conditions exist must have knowledge of the following: Emergency Contacts; Emergency Response Procedures; Evacuation Routes; First Aid Procedures; Health and Safety Training Requirements; Personal Protective Equipment Requirements; Procedures to Report Unhealthy and Unsafe Conditions; Safety Policies and Procedures; and Spill Response Equipment and Procedures. All personnel working alone in a laboratory where hazardous conditions exist shall: Obtain written permission (e.g., , letter) from the Principal Investigator or Laboratory Supervisor to work alone in the laboratory; and Ensure that a means to contact emergency response personnel is available when working alone in the laboratory. According to the National Safety Council, the term alone means that a person is beyond the visual or auditory range of any other individual for more than a few minutes at a time. Section 6: Laboratory Safety Surveys OEHS inspects laboratories at least once a year. The safety inspection includes an evaluation of the fume hood operation, laboratory techniques, emergency and safety equipment, chemical storage, electrical safety, and general housekeeping. Additional safety surveys are conducted when radioactive materials and biohazardous materials are in use and hazardous waste is stored. OEHS also inspects buildings and fire protection equipment to assure compliance with all appropriate state building and fire prevention codes. Following the laboratory safety survey, a report listing the safety concerns is sent to the faculty member responsible for the laboratory. The faculty member is responsible for correcting the operational hazards. (UNH is responsible for correcting all infrastructure deficiencies.) If the faculty member fails to correct the hazard, a second notice is sent to the department head and the Departmental Safety Committee Representative, with a copy to the faculty member. Follow-up surveys are conducted in laboratories with extremely hazardous conditions and/or numerous violations. In addition to these annual laboratory safety surveys, it is recommended that laboratory personnel update the chemical inventory and periodically conduct their own safety inspections. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 21

22 Chapter 3 Personal Protective Equipment Section 1: Personal Protective Equipment Policy Section 2: Eye and Face Protection Section 3: Laboratory Coats, Gloves, and Other Protective Clothing Section 4: Respiratory Protection Section 5: Protective Clothing beyond the Laboratory Section 6: Laundering Laboratory Clothing UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 22

23 Section 1: Personal Protective Equipment Policy Personal protective equipment must be made available to laboratory personnel who are working with hazardous materials. PPE must be provided to all paid staff members at no cost. Laboratories must provide personal protective equipment (i.e., safety glasses, protective gloves, laboratory coat, hearing protection, respiratory protection) for visitors and must post a sign indicting that eye protection is required where hazardous materials are in use. Personal protective equipment is not supplied by OEHS. However, OEHS will assist with recommendations on specific types and uses of protective equipment. Section 2: Eye and Face Protection Eye and face protection must be worn in the laboratory when there is a potential for contact with hazardous chemicals or other agents (e.g., non-ionizing radiation, biohazardous materials, aerosolized material, flying objects.). Please note that all protective eye and face wear should meet ANSI Z87.1 and ANSI Z136.1 standards. Visitors safety glasses are not acceptable for any laboratory procedures. Contact OEHS at for additional information. The type of protection needed depends on the hazard (e.g., chemical, ultraviolet light, laser, impact). For instance, when laboratory chemicals are used, approved eye protection is mandatory and chemical splash goggles are recommended. Goggles should be worn over eyeglasses or prescription safety glasses with side shields should be worn. Ordinary prescription glasses do not meet these standards. Face shields should be worn when working with an agent that may adversely affect the skin on the face and/or when proper eye protection is not enough. The University has an agreement with a local optician to provide low-cost regular or prescription safety glasses. Be sure to specify side shields. For authorization forms or additional information, contact Human Resources. Eye, skin, and face protection are required when working with severely corrosive or strongly reactive chemicals, with glassware under extreme pressures, in combustion and other high temperature operations and whenever there is a possibility of an explosion or implosion. Special safety glasses and face shields may also be required for work with UV light, lasers (see Chapter 12) and other types of radiation, which is absorbed by the eyes or skin (chemical splash goggles are not adequate for these types of work). Please consult with the Laser Safety Officer by calling OEHS at Section 3: Laboratory Coats, Gloves, and Other Protective Clothing Laboratory coats and shoes must be worn when performing laboratory work; open toed-shoes, sandals, flip-flops, clogs, crocs, etc. are prohibited. Depending on the type of work, additional personal protective equipment, such as gloves and aprons may be necessary. Coats, aprons, and gloves should be removed when leaving the laboratory. Gloves should be replaced immediately if they are contaminated or torn. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 23

24 In situations involving extremely or particularly hazardous substances, double gloves are recommended. Gloves should be carefully selected for their degradation and permeation characteristics to provide proper protection. The thin, latex, vinyl, or nitrile gloves, popular for their dexterity, are not appropriate for highly toxic chemicals or solvents. When using chemicals, consult the chemical compatibility information that is provided in the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and manufacturer s catalogs to help select proper personal protective equipment, including gloves and respirators. More information on specific types and uses of personal protective apparel is available from OEHS. Section 4: Respiratory Protection The use of air-purifying respirators for routine laboratory work is not recommended. Respirators are discouraged because they protect only the wearer and require periodic medical monitoring, specific training, and fit testing before they can be worn effectively. Properly operating laboratory fume hoods provide the best overall protection from chemical hazards in the laboratory. However, in some isolated instances it has proven necessary to provide respirators to individuals. Please refer to the UNH Respiratory Protection Program for more information. Section 5: Protective Clothing Outside the Laboratory University Policy requires the use of appropriate gloves, safety glasses, lab coats, and other personal protective equipment within the laboratory. The following guidelines state that all contaminated, potentially contaminated, or the perception of potentially contaminated protective clothing and equipment beyond the lab may create a hazard or project a careless image to both colleagues and visitors. Wearing gloves outside the lab should be minimized, except to move hazardous materials between laboratories. Instead, transport chemicals from place to place on a cart, in a clean secondary container, or in a bottle carrier with secure handles. If there is a need to transport hazardous materials, use a clean, ungloved hand to touch common surfaces and a gloved hand to carry the items: the one-glove rule. Alternatively, package the material so it may be handled without gloves. Gloves should never come in contact with door handles, elevator buttons, telephones, lavatory faucets, vending machines, bottled-water dispensers, icemaking machines, or other surfaces outside the laboratory. For the sake of safety, appearances, and courtesy, please do not wear contaminated, stained, or potentially contaminated lab coats and other research clothing and equipment outside of the laboratory. Do not carry specimen Dewars or covered, polystyrene boxes with dry ice or cryogenic liquid in a private vehicle. Be aware that strict federal and state regulations address the transport of hazardous (i.e., biological, chemical, radiological) materials on public roads. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 24

25 Section 6: Laundering Laboratory Clothing Contaminated clothing (including laboratory coats and gowns) with mild chemical or biological contamination should be laundered separately from other clothes using one of the following methods: A. UNH Laundry Facilities Laundry facilities exist in a few departments at UNH. Follow departmental procedures for cleaning contaminated clothing. Generally, these facilities are for intra-department use only. B. Professional Laundering A professional service company may be used if your department does not have the capability to wash contaminated clothing. It is your responsibility to determine if the cleaning company is capable and willing to launder your contaminated clothes. C. Personal Laundering Clothing contaminated with biohazardous material must be autoclaved prior to laundering at home. NOTE: Personal laundering is not acceptable for clothing contaminated with chemicals, blood, blood products, or other bodily fluids. D. Contaminated Clothing Clothing that is overtly contaminated with chemicals must be disposed as hazardous waste. Clothing contaminated with radiological material must be disposed as radiological waste. Clothing that is contaminated with blood, blood products, or other bodily fluids must be removed and containerized in leak-proof bags or boxes at the location where it was used. Containers or bags must be marked with the biohazard symbol. Contaminated clothing may not be sorted or rinsed in the location of use, and may never be sent home with the researcher for personal laundering. Laboratory managers may launder contaminated clothing using departmental laundry facilities where available. Contaminated clothing shall be washed, at a minimum in accordance with the manufacturer s directions. However, Departments are encouraged to launder contaminated clothing in hot water (160º F or greater). Where Departmental facilities are not available, contaminated clothing must be laundered by a professional laundry service. Laboratory managers shall ensure that all laundry sent off-site is containerized in leak-proof bags or boxes marked with the biohazard symbol and shall advise the vendor that the laundry is contaminated with blood and/or potentially infectious bodily fluids. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 25

26 Chapter 4 Ventilation Section 1: Laboratory Ventilation Policy Section 2: Fume Hoods Procedures for Proper Use of Fume Hoods Fume Hood Alarms Perchloric Acid Hoods Section 3: Glove Boxes Section 4: Gas Exhaust Cabinets Section 5: Biological Safety Cabinets Section 6: Laminar Flow Hoods UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 26

27 Section 1: Laboratory Ventilation Policy The UNH Fume Hood Program was developed to help ensure that chemical fume hoods are functioning properly and are adequately maintained. All work with hazardous materials must be conducted in the certified fume hood, gas cabinet, glove box, biological safety cabinet, or other approved local exhaust ventilation system. General room ventilation does not provide adequate protection against hazardous gases, vapors, and aerosols. All work with corrosive, flammable, odoriferous, toxic or other dangerous materials shall be conducted only in a properly operating chemical fume hood, gas cabinet, or glove box. In special situations, vacuum systems are acceptable if approved by the Department Chair and OEHS. Ductless and filtering chemical fume hoods may not be used at UNH. Chemical fume hoods and other specialty ventilation devices must be located away from supply air (e.g., air conditioners, ducts), doors, and other openings that interfere with their operation. In addition, the exhaust stacks (on the roof) must have ductwork that extends at least ten feet above the roof line. Certain biological agents, such as Bacillus anthracis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Salmonella typhimurium, HIV and Hepatitis B, may only be used in certified biological safety cabinets. When it is not possible to meet the above requirements, OEHS and the Department Chair must evaluate hazards together with the faculty member to determine if work can be conducted safely. Section 2: Fume Hoods Fume hoods are checked annually by OEHS. The velocity of the air at the face of the hood is measured with the sash half-open and the results are posted on a sticker, which is attached to the chemical fume hood. Variable Air Volume (VAV) hoods maintain a constant face velocity at different sash heights. Researchers should close the sash as much as possible when conducting experiments. Hoods that do not meet the minimum exhaust requirements during OEHS inspections are posted with a DO NOT USE sign and Facility Operations is notified about the need for repairs. Once repairs have been made, OEHS will test the fume hood for proper operation. Refer to the UNH Fume Hood Program for more detailed information regarding fume hoods. A. Procedures for Proper Use of Fume Hoods Before using the hood, make sure air is entering the hood and hood is functioning properly. Report any problems to Facility Operations. Do not block baffle openings or place bulky items in the hood that will prevent air from entering the baffle opening. 1. Ensure that air is entering the unit. 2. Ensure the baffle openings are not blocked and air is flowing properly. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 27

28 3. Conduct work at least six inches from the edge of the hood. 4. Lower the sash to protect yourself from dangerous reactions. 5. Keep hood clean and uncluttered. Wipe up spills immediately. 6. Be aware that drafts from open windows, open doors, fans, air conditioners, high traffic walkways may interfere with normal hood exhaust. 7. Use perchloric acid only in a special perchloric acid hood. (See Perchloric Acid Hoods below and consult OEHS regarding perchloric acid use.) B. Fume Hood Alarms Fume hood alarms indicate substandard operation of fume hoods. They are installed on every new fume hood system and on those which have been upgraded. The fume hood alarm (i.e., audio/visual) will indicate an exhaust flow malfunction by an audio and visual alarm. If the fume hood alarm sounds, close the sash and notify Facility Operations. Do not use the fume hood, until repairs have been made and OEHS has removed the Do Not Use sign. C. Perchloric Acid Hoods Section 3: Glove Boxes Regular fume hoods must never be used for perchloric acid. Special perchloric acid hoods must be used. The hood must be labeled clearly and used only for perchloric acid or other mineral acids, such as nitric, hydrochloric and hydrofluoric. No organic solvents should be stored or used in a perchloric acid hood. When perchloric acid is heated above ambient temperature, vapor is formed which can condense in the ductwork and form explosive perchlorates. The hood and ductwork should be washed down after each use. Glove boxes can be used for work with particularly hazardous substances including select carcinogens, reproductive toxins, air reactive chemicals, and substances, which have a high degree of acute or chronic toxicity. When correctly used, these units prevent vapors, gases, and particulates from escaping into the laboratory. Section 4: Gas Exhaust Cabinets Toxic and flammable gases such as arsine, phosphine, silane, hydrogen chloride, ammonia, hydrogen phosgene, selenide, and nickel carbonyl should be used and stored in an approved gas storage cabinet. In a gas cabinet, hazardous gases are vented through a scrubbing system, which allows inert gases to be exhausted to the atmosphere. In addition, gas cabinets are equipped with monitoring devices and alarm systems that sense hazardous conditions, warn employees of a malfunction and automatically shutoff the gas flow. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 28

29 Section 5: Biological Safety Cabinets Class II biological safety cabinets (BSC) provide a partial containment system for the safe handling of pathogenic microorganisms. To ensure safety, BSCs must be used correctly with good microbiological techniques and be in proper mechanical working order. Cabinets must be certified for performance upon installation using National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Standard #49, section 6. Recertification of BSCs must be conducted annually and during the interim if the cabinet is moved or if a problem is suspected. The University maintains a contract with a company to service and to certify BSCs. Certification information is available by calling OEHS. The following rules apply to biological safety cabinets: 1. BSC is certified annually by an outside company. 2. BSC is decontaminated frequently and after work is complete. 3. Gas lines are prohibited in a re-circulating BSC. 4. Open flames are prohibited inside the BSC. 5. Toxic chemicals are prohibited inside the BSC. 6. Ultraviolet lights are routinely checked and replaced as needed. Section 6: Laminar Flow Hoods Laminar flow hoods are present in a number of laboratory facilities. These clean benches provide a very clean environment but must be used only for the manipulation of non-hazardous materials. Since the operator sits in the downstream exhaust from the clean bench, this equipment must never be used for the handling of toxic, infectious, or sensitizing materials, including volatile chemicals, cell culture materials (except plant cell cultures) or drug formulations. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 29

30 Chapter 5 Emergencies & Accidents Section 1: Emergency Assistance Section 2: Preparation Section 3: Chemical Spills Section 4: First Aid Section 5: Mercury Spills Section 6: Environmental Chemical Release Section 7: Biological Spills Section 8: Fires and Explosions Section 9: Accidents and Injuries Section 10: Power Outages or Service Interruptions UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 30

31 Section 1: Emergency Assistance Dial 911 to request emergency assistance (e.g., fire, police, ambulance) on campus. In all emergencies and accidents, the first consideration is your safety and the safety of those around you. See the UNH Emergency Procedures Program for more information. Section 2: Preparation In order to be prepared for an emergency, know the hazards of each compound you work with. Assess the risks before using any chemical and have a laboratory emergency plan for all procedures with hazardous materials on file and posted in a conspicuous area for employees and emergency responders. Consider the following criteria before working with any hazardous agent: Toxicity, reactivity, and flammability of the compound. The amounts involved. The expected duration of your exposure to the compound. Potential routes of entry for the chemical (i.e., inhalation, ingestion, injection, skin contact). Refer to the UNH Chemical and Environmental Management System (UNHCEMS ) website for additional information at Section 3: Chemical Spills Chemical spills can be a common occurrence in academic and research laboratories. Controlling the extent of a chemical spill requires planning and a prompt response. Using shatter resistant containers (e.g., primary, secondary) can help to prevent many chemical spills. The cleanup and disposal of hazardous chemicals is very expensive. Small spills involving chemicals that laboratory personnel are familiar with can be safely handled within the laboratory. All spilled material must be collected, labeled, and stored for disposal by authorized individuals. All spills must be reported to OEHS. Every laboratory with hazardous chemicals must have a readily-accessible spill kit containing: Material Quantity Inert absorbent powder 32 oz. Inert absorbent pads 10 4-mm polyethylene bags 10 5 gallon pail with lid 1 Chemical-resistant scoop 1 Chemical-resistant broom 1 Nitrile/Silver Shield combination gloves 4 pair Splash goggles 2 pair Chemical waste labels 10 UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 31

32 Section 4: First Aid In the event of a large chemical spill: 1. Alert all persons nearby. 2. Avoid breathing aerosols of the spilled material. 3. If flammables are spilled and your safety is assured, turn off any potential sources of ignition (e.g., lights, motors, Bunsen burners). 4. Evacuate the area and close the door to the laboratory. 5. Secure the area to prevent others from entering. 6. Immediately notify your supervisor of the incident. 7. During regular work hours (Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.), contact OEHS at On weekends, holidays and after 5 p.m., contact UNH Police at 911 for advice and assistance. Be prepared to provide the identity, amount and location of the spill, as well as your location and a phone number where you can be reached (not your lab phone, since you should not remain in the lab after the spill). Follow these first aid procedures in the event of contamination: Section 5: Mercury Spills Go to the nearest eyewash station or safety shower. Flush the contaminated area with large volumes of water. While flushing, remove any clothing that may have been contaminated. Continue flushing until emergency responders arrive. Provide the Material Safety Data Sheet of the spilled chemical to emergency response personnel. Mercury has been typically found at the University of New Hampshire in thermometers, thermostats, and certain laboratory devices. From time to time accidents may occur which require the cleanup of liquid mercury. A. Mercury Spill Kits Rooms containing liquid mercury or mercury-containing devices must have a special spill kit present. At a minimum, the spill kit should contain the following: Nitrile gloves Safety glasses Shoe covers Tweezers Flashlight Several pieces of stiff, non-corrugated cardboard Paper towels Eyedropper Duct tape UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 32

33 Sheets of plastic or garbage bags Sealable plastic bags 5 gallon bucket with a lid Spray bottle Hg Absorb powder (or other commercially available product) B. Preparing to Clean a Mercury Spill Before cleaning a mercury spill: Do not use a standard vacuum cleaner to clean up mercury. The vacuum filter is not capable of containing mercury and will spray small droplets and vapor into the air. Once a vacuum has been used to clean up mercury it is permanently contaminated and must be discarded. Do not use a broom to clean up mercury. The broom will break the mercury into smaller droplets and spread the contamination. Do not pour liquid mercury down the drain. Mercury will contaminate the drain and the local water treatment plant. Mercury is highly hazardous to the environment. Do not attempt to clean mercury from fabric, upholstery, or carpet. It is impossible to remove all mercury contamination from these materials. In general, OEHS recommends discarding fabrics and carpet contaminated with mercury. If the item has sentimental or research value, contact OEHS for advice on decontamination. Do not wash mercury-contaminated clothing in a washing machine or dryer. All contaminated clothing must be disposed of as hazardous waste. C. Cleaning a Small Mercury Spill Follow these procedures when cleaning up a small amount of mercury (e.g., thermometer spill). 1. Evacuate the spill area. Make sure anyone with contaminated clothing or shoes leaves these articles behind before they leave. These items should be placed in a sealable plastic bag for disposal. 2. Lower the temperature in the area, whenever possible. Mercury is a liquid at room temperature but at higher temperature can easily become a vapor which may then be inhaled. 3. Isolate the ventilation in the affected area. Contact the Facilities Support Center to shut down HVAC equipment, whenever possible. Ventilation grates in the spill area should be covered with plastic to prevent mercury vapors from traveling to other parts of the building. 4. Open the windows, if they are operable. Allow any mercury vapors to escape outside 5. Protect yourself. Make sure you are dressed in clothing which completely covers your arms and legs. Put on gloves, shoe covers, and safety glasses. Remove all metal jewelry before attempting to clean up mercury. Mercury will bond to metal jewelry. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 33

34 6. Contain the spill. Protect environmental receptors such as sinks or floor drains. a. Spills on Hard, Smooth Surfaces Use two pieces of stiff cardboard to push debris and beads of mercury together and then scoop them up. Place the collected material and the pieces of cardboard in the plastic container. Pick up pieces of broken glass with tweezers and place in the plastic container. Use the eyedropper to suck up small beads of mercury that cannot be gathered using the cardboard. If you need to expel the eyedropper, gently do so onto a wet paper towel placed inside the plastic container. Discard the eyedropper in the plastic container when finished. Alternatively, you can use the duct tape to pick up very small droplets of mercury only. Discard the tape in the plastic container. Turn on the flashlight and shine it over the spill area. Light will reflect off broken glass and bead of mercury. This will help in locating any remaining spilled materials. b. Spills on Carpets, Rugs, or Fabric If the spill is on an area rug, roll the area rug up. Wrap the rug in two layers of plastic sheeting and proceed to the disposal section of this document. If the spill is on wall-to-wall carpeting, do not attempt to cut out the affected area yourself. Cutting and tugging actions can disperse additional mercury into the indoor environment. Isolate the affected room and contact OEHS for assistance. If the spill is on upholstery, contact OEHS for disposal. c. Mercury Spilled in Water If the liquid mercury fell into a sink full of water, recover the mercury beads using an eyedropper. Expel the eyedropper into a sealable container. Once complete the remaining water can be flushed to the sewer as mercury is not soluble in water. Proceed to the disposal section of this document. d. Mercury Spilled Down the Drain If the liquid mercury went down a sink drain, contact OEHS immediately for assistance. 7. Sprinkle the Hg Absorb powder over the spill site. This material will bind any remaining mercury from the spill. Hg Absorb powder may be UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 34

35 sprinkled on wall-to-wall carpeting or upholstery in anticipation of disposal to prevent further mercury vapor generation. 8. Lightly mist the area with water to prevent dust generation during cleanup. 9. Collect the powder with a moist paper towel and dispose in the plastic bucket. 10. Dispose of all materials used in the spill cleanup as mercury waste. If any clothing came into contact with mercury, dispose of this clothing as mercury-contaminated waste. 11. Seal all bags and containers of waste. The plastic bucket should be taped around the seal. Label the material as hazardous waste and call the Office of Environmental Health and Safety to schedule a pickup. 12. Wash your hands when finished. 13. Contact OEHS with any questions or concerns about the spill. Section 6: Environmental Chemical Releases If a spill reaches the environment (e.g., floor drain, sink drain), immediately contact OEHS at Attempt to stop or contain the spill/release at the source without endangering yourself and others by following these procedures: Section 7: Biological Spills 1. Extinguish all sources of ignition. 2. Isolate all potential environmental receptors (e.g. drains, sumps, soil). 3. Immediately report the spill/release to OEHS. 4. Wait for OEHS to arrive on the scene. See Chapter 10 in this manual for information on biological spills. Section 8: Fires or Explosions All building occupants must exit the building during all fire alarms. Failure to leave a building is illegal and may result in disciplinary action from the University Police Department or an academic or administrative unit. Whenever a fire alarm is activated*: Shut off all open flames. Safety store hazardous materials. Leave the work area. Shut all doors on the way out of the laboratory. Evacuate through the nearest fire exit. Do not use elevators. * Departmental protocols may require faculty, staff, or students to be trained to use a fire extinguisher. There is no requirement to use a fire extinguisher in the event of a fire. Consult with your administrator or OEHS for additional information regarding departmental procedures. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 35

36 Section 9: Accidents and Injuries There are several steps that must be taken following an accident or injury at UNH. Follow these procedures immediately after an accident or injury: 1. Call 911 if the incident requires an ambulance or other form of emergency response. 2. Alert your supervisor, Department Chair, and OEHS of the incident. 3. Complete the UNH Incident Injury Report Form on the OEHS website at A medical care provider should assess all injuries. During regular business hours noncritical injuries may be evaluated at either of two medical facilities contracted with the University: Seacoast Redicare (396 High Street, Somersworth, ); or Portsmouth Occupational Health (Pease Tradeport, 26 Manchester Square, Newington, ). Accidents and injuries should be reported as soon as possible, but no later than two days post occurrence. For a chemical exposure, medical personnel should be given the following information: Identity of chemical(s). Conditions under which exposures occurred. Signs and symptoms of exposure. Whenever possible, a MSDS should be provided. In addition, the laboratory manager or faculty member shall forward a written report describing the incident or injury within two days to the Department Chair and to OEHS. Section 10: Power Outages or Service Interruptions Although some buildings have emergency power, it is only designed for essential services, and not for continued operations in the laboratory. If the power should be interrupted: Immediately stop all work. Close all chemical containers. Shut-off or unplug equipment. Lower chemical fume hood sashes. Take special care with potentially unstable chemicals or reactions that require cooling water and with any work involving a glove box, pyrophoric chemical, water reactive chemicals, or temperature sensitive chemicals. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 36

37 Chapter 6 Monitoring and Examination Section 1: Exposure Monitoring Section 2: Medical Examination and Consultation Section 3: Reproductive Hazards, Teratogenic Agents, and Pregnancy UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 37

38 Section 1: Exposure Monitoring Regular environmental or employee exposure monitoring of airborne concentrations is not warranted or practical in laboratories because the chemicals are used for relatively short periods of time and in small quantities. All procedures are designed to minimize possible exposures. Sampling may be appropriate when highly toxic substances are used regularly. Laboratory employees who suspect that they have been overexposed to a toxic chemical should notify their supervisor immediately. If any adverse health effect is experienced, anticipated, or suspected and the employee is physically able, the employee should be evaluated by one of two medical clinics contracted with the University: Seacoast Redicare (396 High Street, Somersworth ); or Portsmouth Occupational Health (Pease Tradeport, 26 Manchester Square, Newington ). If the employee is physically incapable of transporting him/herself to one of the above clinics due to exposure to a chemical, or if the incident is after regular business hours, call 911. Notify OEHS of the exposure and file an Incident Injury Report Form with the Office of Human Resources as soon as is feasible (no later than two days post occurrence). This form is online at A safety professional from OEHS will make an initial exposure assessment and if warranted, specific monitoring will be conducted. Section 2: Medical Examination and Consultation Medical consultation and evaluation is available to employees through Student Health Services and/or a separate clinic contracted with the University. In general, a medical provider should be consulted when: An employee or student develops signs and symptoms of exposure. An event takes place resulting in the likelihood of an exposure. Exposure monitoring is above the OSHA action level. There are special concerns about chemicals, such as reproductive toxins. In the event of an exposure to a hazardous chemical, UNH is required to provide the medical provider with relevant information about the circumstances of the known or suspected exposure and they typically will include this information within their written opinion. Recommendations for immunization and/or medical surveillance may be made for personnel working with pathogenic agents or extremely toxic chemicals. In addition, special health and educational programs have been set up for: Laboratory animal care personnel and feral animal handlers. Personnel handling human blood, body fluids, or tissues. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 38

39 Section 3: Reproductive Hazards, Teratogenic Agents, and Pregnancy Substances or agents that affect the reproductive health of women or men or the ability of couples to have healthy children are called reproductive hazards. A teratogen is substance which interferes with embryonic or fetal development and women of child bearing potential should take care to avoid exposure. A fetotoxin is a substance that can poison or cause degenerative effects in a developing fetus or embryo. Radiation, some chemicals, certain drugs (legal and illegal), cigarettes, some viruses, and alcohol are other examples of reproductive hazards. A reproductive hazard may cause one or more health effects, depending on the time and duration of the exposure. For example, exposure to harmful substances during the first 3 months of pregnancy may cause a birth defect or a miscarriage. During the last 6 months of pregnancy, exposure to reproductive hazards could slow the growth of the fetus, affect the development of its brain, or cause premature labor. Reproductive hazards may not affect every person or every pregnancy in the same way. Whether a woman or fetus is harmed depends on how much of the hazard they are exposed to, when they are exposed, how long they are exposed, and how they are exposed. A. Reproductive Health in the Laboratory State and federal laws and UNH policy protect students and employees from discrimination on the basis of pregnancy. These protections are described in the following state and federal laws and UNH policy: NH RSA 354-A:7 VI. Pregnancy Discrimination Prohibited; Pregnancy Discrimination Act, an amendment to Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972; and UNH Discrimination and Discriminatory Harassment Policy. Pregnancy may raise particular concerns for the safety of the mother or the health of the child. Likewise, there may be particular concerns about effects of workplace hazards on reproductive health. Resources are available at UNH to assist in addressing concerns related to pregnancy or reproductive health in the laboratory while maintaining an environment free from discrimination. B. Student and Employee Rights Listed below is an overview of student and employee rights as they relate to pregnancy and reproductive health in the laboratory. Each person s situation is different and must be handled appropriately for the individual circumstances. Questions about fairness and rights of students or employees can be addressed on an individual basis by the Affirmative Action and Equity Office (AAEO) or Disability Services for Students (DSS). UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 39

40 Employees/students are not required to identify themselves as pregnant; privacy is respected with regard to pregnancy. Employees/students may not be discriminated against as a result of pregnancy or reproductive health concerns. Employees/students may not be excluded from any course or workplace because they are pregnant or have reproductive health concerns. Employees/students may, with guidance from AAEO or DSS, request an accommodation that would provide them an opportunity to engage in an interactive process to identify the barriers to job or academic performance and to further identify and make an accommodation that is reasonable and effective. Those wishing to consult with the AAEO or DSS regarding pregnancy or reproductive health concerns may do so confidentially at any time. C. Managing Risk in the Laboratory Health risks posed in science laboratories vary according to the materials and processes used. Safety in laboratories is managed by administrative and engineering controls as well as through the use of personal protective equipment. Established methods of protection are designed to offer a high level of protection to students and employees. However, while there is no comprehensive list, certain chemical, physical, and disease-causing agents may present particular risks to pregnant women, pregnancy, the child, or persons with reproductive health concerns. Educating yourself about these risks by reading Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for chemicals you may be exposed to and consulting with the principal investigator, course instructor, and the Office of Environmental Health and Safety (OEHS) can help you make informed decisions about how you would like to manage these risks. If you are planning to become pregnant, are pregnant, have reproductive health concerns, work or study in UNH laboratories, and have safety concerns related to pregnancy or reproductive health, be aware of the following: You are urged to review and understand the hazards of your workplace or courses. Review MSDSs for chemicals used and stored in your laboratory. Understand and follow all safety procedures related to your work or study. This is required for all employees and students working in UNH laboratories. Review guidance from the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH): - The Effects of Workplace Hazards on Male Reproductive Health, or - The Effects of Workplace Hazards on Female Reproductive Health. Request a review of your work environment or course of study with OEHS by calling A review of your environment will include identification of hazards that may pose particular risks to women planning to become pregnant, or are pregnant, or persons who have reproductive health concerns. The goal of the review will be to ensure that any risks present are communicated and managed according to established laboratory safety UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 40

41 procedures and practices. You are encouraged to share information from this review with your health care provider. If you are pregnant and work with radioactive material or work in a laboratory that uses radioactive material, review the UNH Radiation Protection Program, Section 6.3, Declared Pregnant Workers, available on the OEHS website at Radiation Protection Program. Contact the Radiation Safety Officer with questions at If you would like to discuss the possibility of modifying your work assignments or course of study, or to discuss fair access to work or courses as a result of your planned pregnancy, or pregnancy, or reproductive health concerns, the following offices are available to assist you: - Faculty, Staff, Graduate Assistants, Teaching Assistants: Affirmative Action and Equity Office (AAEO), v/tty; or - Students: Disability Services for Students (DSS), v/tty. D. Reproductive Health in the Laboratory: Questions and Answers Refer to the following questions and answers for clarification of issues that may face students, staff, and faculty. Students/Employees Q. I am pregnant or am planning on becoming pregnant or have reproductive health concerns and feel unsafe in the laboratory. What do I do? A. You can request a review of your workplace or courses with OEHS. OEHS will review chemical, physical, and disease-causing agents that you may encounter and share this information with you. You are encouraged to share this information with your health care provider to help you decide what level of participation you feel comfortable with. Q. I may not be able to complete certain course requirements/assignments due to my pregnancy or reproductive health concern or I have decided to skip a required course because I am pregnant or have a reproductive health concern. What do I do? A. Students are required to meet the academic standards and technical requirements of their program of study. DSS or AAEO will work with you to consider accommodations regarding your course schedule or requirements as a result of your pregnancy or reproductive health concerns. Q. How do I know if chemicals I am working with in the laboratory pose reproductive hazards? A. Review the Material Safety Data Sheet for the chemicals. Manufacturers are required to provide MSDSs for all hazardous chemicals including UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 41

42 information about toxicity. MSDSs for materials at UNH are provided through UNHCEMSTM. OEHS can review MSDSs with you upon request. Q. I have concerns about pregnancy or reproductive health, but I am not comfortable discussing this with my supervisor or instructor/faculty. What do I do? A. You are not required to disclose your pregnancy or reproductive health concerns. You may request a confidential consultation with AAEO or DSS to discuss your concerns. Q: I have general concerns about potential effects of laboratory chemicals on my reproductive health. What rights do I have as a male and who do I speak to? A: The University will respond to concerns about reproductive health without regard to gender. For more information regarding reproductive health as it relates to chemical safety, contact OEHS. Supervisor/Faculty Q. A student requests to have absences excused or to change the due date of an assignment as a result of issues related to pregnancy. Am I compelled to change course requirement for her? A. Modification of course requirements should only be made with consultation with DSS or AAEO. Q. A graduate student requests a change in teaching responsibilities or research activities due to her pregnancy. Am I required/allowed to change her job functions or research due to her pregnancy? A. Modification of work functions and research activities should only be made with consultation with AAEO. Q. I require a note from a health care provider if a student misses an exam or other course requirement. Can I request a note from a health care provider if a student says she is pregnant? A. You cannot ask for proof from a health care provider that a student is pregnant. However, you can ask for verification that an absence was excusable; this can be in the form of a note from a health care provider, as long as you do not request any personal medical information. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 42

43 Q. A student/employee raised concerns about her safety because she is pregnant or has reproductive health concerns. What do I tell her? A. Refer her to the Pregnancy and Reproductive Health section in the UNH Laboratory Safety Plan; it explains her rights and resources available to her. Immediate safety concerns should be forwarded to OEHS. Q: What may be included in a course syllabus or announced to a class regarding pregnancy in a laboratory environment? A: The following are examples of statements that may be included in a syllabus or announcement: Pregnant students or those with reproductive health concerns are encouraged to review MSDSs for chemicals used in the laboratory; OEHS can assist with this review. You are encouraged to review this information with your health care provider. Other resources are available to assist you, for details, see the Pregnancy and Reproductive Health section of the UNH Laboratory Safety Plan. Pregnancy may raise particular concerns for the safety of the mother or health of the child. Likewise, there may be particular concerns about how workplace hazards may effect male/female reproductive health. For details on how to address these concerns, see the Pregnancy and Reproductive Health section of the UNH Laboratory Safety Plan. During this course, students may use chemical, physical, or disease causing agents with known reproductive hazards. UNH offices which are available to discuss concerns related to pregnancy and reproductive health in the laboratory include OEHS, DSS, and AAEO. The following are examples of statements that may not be included in a syllabus or announcement: Pregnant students are encouraged not to take this course. If you are pregnant, see me to discuss safety in the laboratory. If you are pregnant, you must let someone know such as the TA, instructor, or professor. If you are pregnant or have concerns about reproductive health, you may be excused from certain requirements of this course. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 43

44 Chapter 7 Training & Information Section 1: Section 2: Section 3: Section 4: Section 5: Section 6: Section 7: Section 8: Section 9: Training and Information Policy Back Injury Prevention Training Biological Safety and Sharps Training Bloodborne Pathogens Training Chemical Safety Training Computer Workstation Ergonomics Training Confined Space Entry Training Fall Protection and Ladder Safety Training Hazardous Materials Shipping Training Section 10: Hazardous Waste Management Training Section 11: Laser Safety Training Section 12: Radiation Safety Training Section 13: Respiratory Protection Training Section 14: UNHCEMS User Training UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 44

45 Section 1: Training and Information Policy Faculty members are responsible for insuring that their employees and students receive proper training as stipulated in the UNH Laboratory Safety Plan. An on-line, web-based course is currently available for Hazardous Waste Training through the UNH Blackboard system. Please contact OEHS to request enrollment. OEHS also provides many other training programs including: Biological Safety and Sharps Training Back Injury Training Bloodborne Pathogens Training UNHCEMS User Training Chemical Safety Training Computer Workstation Ergonomics Training Confined Space Entry Training Fall Protection and Ladder Safety Training Hazardous Waste Management Training Laser Safety Training Radiation Safety Training Respiratory Protection Training may be required for faculty, staff, students, and other personnel. Descriptions of each of the above training programs are available on the following pages for more information. A full list of training programs offered by OEHS is available on our website at Environmental Health and Safety Training Programs. One-on-one training sessions are available. Please contact OEHS at to request any of the above-listed trainings or for additional information. Section 2: Back Injury Prevention Training The Back Injury Prevention Training addresses the basics of safe lifting and exercises that one can do to reduce the likelihood of a back injury. The class is approximately 30 minutes in length and is available for groups of 10 or more by departmental request. Section 3: Biological Safety and Sharps Training This training is required for all incoming undergraduate and graduate students who will be working with infectious materials. Any students working with infectious materials that have not previously had this training must also attend. Faculty and staff are encouraged to attend. Biological Safety and Sharps Training will include: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan. Biosafety levels and what they mean. Basic toxicology including routes of entry. Use and disposal of sharps and infectious waste. Accidental exposures. General information on safety equipment and personal protective equipment. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 45

46 Cleaning up spills. Video: HHMI Practicing Safe Science. This training lasts approximately 1 hour. Note: Additional training is required for anyone working with blood, blood products, or other potentially infectious bodily fluids or tissues. See Section 4 for information regarding Bloodborne Pathogens Training. Section 4: Bloodborne Pathogens Training Bloodborne Pathogens Training is required for all individuals who may encounter human blood or potentially infectious material as a part of their jobs. The training is required annually and is approximately one hour in length. Bloodborne Pathogens Training can be obtained on-line through the UNH Blackboard system. Please contact OEHS to request enrollment and access instructions. OEHS can also provide this training program in a classroom setting for groups of 10 or more by departmental request. Section 5: Chemical Safety Training This training is required for all incoming undergraduate and graduate students who will be working with hazardous chemicals. Any students working with hazardous chemicals that have not previously had this training must also attend. Faculty and staff are encouraged to attend. Chemical Safety Training will include: General information on physical and health hazards of hazardous chemicals, signs, and symptoms of exposure and measures employees can take to protect themselves. Proper use of chemical fume hoods. Methods that may be used to detect the presence of a hazardous chemical. General information on safety equipment and personal protective equipment. Video: HHMI Chemical Hazards and Chemical Storage Hazards. Section 6: Computer Workstation Ergonomics Training Computer Workstation Ergonomics Training addresses the principles of ergonomics as it relates to the computer workstation (e.g., seated or standing). This training also provides guidance for users on proper workstation adjustment. Computer Workstation Ergonomics Training can be obtained on-line through the UNH Blackboard system and requires approximately 30 minutes to complete. Please contact OEHS to request enrollment and access instructions. Section 7: Confined Space Entry Training Confined Space Entry Training is required for anyone entering a confined space at UNH. The class material will describe safe work procedures for working in confined spaces. A confined space is defined as: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 46

47 A space that is large enough and so configured that a person can bodily enter to perform assigned work, Has limited means for entry or exit, and Is not designed for continuous occupancy. This is a full day class (6-8 hours) arranged by departmental request with a fee for attendance. This training is not typically required for most tasks and occupations in laboratories. Section 8: Fall Protection and Ladder Safety Training Fall Protection Training reviews the proper use of scaffolding, ladders, aerial lifts, and other forms of work at heights. This training program is offered by departmental request and tailored to meet the specific needs of the requesting department. Depending on the complexity of the training program a fee may be assessed to cover the cost of a third party training provider. Ladder Safety Training is available for departments or groups where the only exposure to fall hazards is from work on moveable ladders. Ladder Safety Training can be obtained on-line through the UNH Blackboard system and requires approximately 30 minutes to complete. Please contact OEHS to request enrollment and access instructions. Section 9: Hazardous Materials Shipping Training This training is required for any person shipping a hazardous material by ground, air, or vessel. Shipments of hazardous materials can be made by following directions in a UNH shipping guidance document, or by contacting OEHS at Materials that may be considered hazardous for shipment include paint, batteries, field collection solutions, aerosol cans, compressed gas, fuel bottles, infectious materials, strong magnets, fiberglass repair kits, fire extinguishers, and signal flares. In addition, the following guidance documents are available on the OEHS website: UNH Shipment of Biological Materials Manual; UNH Guide to Shipping with Dry Ice; UNH Shipment of Hazardous Materials Manual; Guidelines for the Shipment of Excepted Quantities of Flammable Liquids; Small Quantity Exceptions; and UNH Guidelines for Shipment of Formaldehyde Solutions by Air. Section 10: Hazardous Waste Management Training The Hazardous Waste Management Training is mandatory for all those handling, generating, or managing regulated waste. This training is available on-line and takes approximately minutes to complete. In addition, faculty members need to provide training to supplement OEHS training. This includes specific information on: Location of the UNH Hazardous Waste Management Plan. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 47

48 Hazards and signs and symptoms of exposure associated with chemicals. Personal protective equipment required. Laboratory procedures for emergencies and for handling hazardous materials. Section 11: Laser Safety Training This training is required for anyone operating Class 3B or Class 4 lasers. This training covers the basic modes of exposure and use of personal protective equipment. Section 12: Radiation Safety Training Radiation Awareness This one and a half hour general awareness class is mandatory for any individual who will work in an area where radioactive materials are used, stored, or handled. This class does not authorize an individual to handle or use sources of radiation. It will be offered upon request, typically monthly. Radioactive Material User Training This seven-hour class is required for any individual who will directly handle radioactive material. Upon successful completion of the class and written exam an individual will be listed on a Radioactive Material User Permit and may begin using sources of radiation after completing lab-specific training. It will be offered upon request, typically monthly. Section 13: Respiratory Protection Training The Respiratory Protection Training is required annually for all individuals who will be required to wear respiratory protection for part of their job. This 60-minute class is arranged for first-time users upon departmental request. Annual refresher training is offered on an open-enrollment basis to all respirator users on campus and is generally offered in January. Training may be arranged at other times of the year at departmental request. Respirator users must also complete mandatory medical surveillance and fit tests (where applicable). Any individual or group who needs to use a respirator should consult with the UNH Respiratory Protection Program for full details on procedures and requirements. Section 14: UNHCEMS User Training UNHCEMS User Training covers the use of CEMS for the procurement of biological and chemical agents, including new account numbers for Fisher, Sigma- Aldrich and VWR, chemical inventories, purchasing and pollution prevention. A question and answer period will follow the presentation. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 48

49 Chapter 8 Recordkeeping Section 1: Medical Records Section 2: Training Records UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 49

50 Section 1: Medical Records Confidential medical records are maintained for employees and students receiving medical surveillance and medical care at UNH Health Services or other designated health care facilities. Contact OEHS at for more information. Section 2: Training Records At a minimum, training records must include the following information: 1. Date of training session. 2. Contents or summary of the training. 3. Name of person(s) attending the training. 4. Name of person(s) conducting the training. Records for training are maintained in the OEHS office. Copies are forwarded to the Department Chair, upon request. Records for additional safety training required by departments or individual faculty members are kept in department offices or by the responsible faculty member. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 50

51 Chapter 9 Chemical Safety Section 1: Section 2: Section 3: Section 4: Section 5: Section 6: Section 7: Section 8: Section 9: Chemical Hygiene in Laboratories Use of Hazardous Chemicals Chemical Inventory Material Safety Data Sheets Labeling Chemicals Chemical Procurement and Distribution Housekeeping Chemical Storage Special Operating Procedures for Hazardous Chemicals Corrosive Chemicals Flammable Liquids Storage of Flammable Liquids Safety Cans Flammable Storage Cabinets Flammable Storage Refrigerators Compressed and Liquefied Gases Section 10: Intra-Facility Transportation of Chemicals Section 11: Chemical Waste Section 12: Particularly Hazardous Substances Highly Reactive Chemicals Peroxidizable Compounds Chemicals of High Acute and Chronic Toxicity Section 13: Carcinogens Section 14: Controlled Substances Section 15: Accepting Hazardous Chemicals UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 51

52 Section 1: Chemical Hygiene in Laboratories The use of hazardous chemicals is integral to the academic and research missions at the University of New Hampshire. In order to help ensure the protection of faculty, staff, students, and visitors in laboratories, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) promulgated 29 CFR , Occupational Exposures to Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories. This regulation, also known as the OSHA Laboratory Standard, requires the development and implementation of a written Chemical Hygiene Plan that is capable of protecting employees from health hazards associated with hazardous chemicals used in the laboratory. The UNH Laboratory Safety Plan was developed and implemented meet the requirements of this regulation and sets forth procedures, equipment, personal protective equipment, and work practices which are capable of protecting employees from the health hazards presented by hazardous chemicals used in campus laboratories. In addition to the responsibilities listed in Chapter 1, each laboratory supervisor must ensure that all laboratory personnel under their direct supervision possess the requisite knowledge, training, and education to safely handle hazardous chemicals in the laboratory. All laboratory personnel are responsible for following appropriate work practices when using hazardous chemicals. Section 2: Use of Hazardous Chemicals Hazardous chemicals may only be used in laboratory facilities or areas specifically designed and engineered for such work. Hazardous chemicals may only be used in areas intended for such use. Hazardous chemicals should never be used in areas lacking the appropriate infrastructure and proper means of ventilation. For example, hazardous chemicals should not be used in offices, dormitories, apartments, or other residential environments. Hazardous chemicals must never be used or stored in carpeted areas. Hazardous chemicals may not be removed from UNH property without prior written approval by a Dean, Director, or other appropriate administrator. Chemical exposures to laboratory personnel must not exceed the Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) established by OSHA. Laboratory operations conducted in a properly operating fume hood, or similar containment device, are unlikely to result in excessive airborne exposures. The Office of Environmental Health and Safety should be consulted if: The chemical to be used can cause severe acute or lethal effects upon exposure by any route of entry to quantities of 5 mg/kg or less based upon available LD 50 data. The chemical has the potential to create an atmosphere that poses an immediate threat to life. The chemical will react violently when exposed to air, water, or humidity. The chemical is temperature or shock sensitive. The chemical has an unknown composition. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 52

53 The chemical may generate by-products that may overcome standard control measures or penetrate personal protective equipment to cause severe acute or lethal injuries. The laboratory operations produce conditions that may exceed OSHA PELs. The chemical has been designated as a Particularly Hazardous Substance on the UNHCEMS website at It is prudent to minimize all chemical exposures. Never deliberately taste or smell chemicals. Do not mouth-pipette hazardous chemicals. Food, drinks, cosmetics, and medication for consumption or use are prohibited inside laboratories where hazardous chemicals are used or stored. Section 3: Chemical Inventory The OSHA Hazard Communication Standard and the Durham Fire Department requires the University to maintain an inventory (e.g., a comprehensive list) of hazardous chemicals. A hazardous chemical is defined as any liquid, solid, or gas that could present a physical or health hazard to an employee. All hazardous chemicals used at UNH must be registered through UNHCEMS. The Durham Fire Department and other emergency responders use UNHCEMS when responding to an emergency. In addition, OEHS requires that any chemical with a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) be included in the UNHCEMS inventory. The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) recommends that an inventory of all hazardous and non-hazardous materials be maintained. Section 4: Material Safety Data Sheets The Material Safety Data Sheet, or MSDS, is a summary of safety information for a hazardous substance or material. OSHA requires manufacturers and importers of chemicals to develop a MSDS for these materials. The MSDS must include the chemical and common names of all ingredients that have been determined to be health hazards if they constitute 1% or greater of the product s composition or 0.1% for carcinogens. The MSDS typically includes information about a chemical s toxicity, health hazards, physical properties, fire and reactivity data, as well as storage, spill and handling precautions. UNH provides MSDS online at Section 5: Labeling Chemicals All containers must be dated and labeled with the chemical constituents and hazard. It is recommended that the user s name also appear on the label. Labels on incoming containers must not be removed or defaced. Dating is especially important in the case of compounds which have a specified shelf life, such as those that will form peroxides (e.g., ethyl ether). Identifying unknown materials for disposal is extremely costly. All laboratory personnel who are leaving the University are responsible for identifying and properly disposing of the chemical waste in their laboratory. Contact OEHS for additional information. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 53

54 Chemical names must be spelled out on labels. Chemical formulas, acronyms, and abbreviations are not acceptable as the only identification of the contents of a container. Laboratory samples, including field specimens and newly synthesized compounds, must be identified as accurately as possible. For field specimens that include preservative, the preservative must be identified. In cases where the container is unable to be labeled, steps should be taken to ensure the contents can be identified (e.g., label the rack, box, or other outer container). Section 6: Chemical Procurement and Distribution Laboratory personnel should always plan experiments with safety in mind and substitute less hazardous chemicals in laboratory procedures whenever possible. Examples include substituting methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE) for ethyl ether, toluene for benzene and dichloromethane for chloroform and carbon tetrachloride. Laboratory personnel should minimize the use of mercury in the laboratory and replace mercury-containing devices with non-mercury options whenever possible. 1. Before ordering new chemicals, check the chemical surplus list on the UNHCEMS website at to see if the chemical you need is available for free. Estimate the amount of chemical required for each experiment and order only what is necessary. Excess chemicals are very expensive to dispose of and can cause a hazard if stored too long. 2. Orders for all hazardous chemicals and regulated biological agents should be shipped to the Chemical Transfer Station using the instructions listed on the next page. The Chemistry Department has all orders shipped to the chemistry stockroom. Chemical ordering instructions are also available on the OEHS website at Chemical Ordering Instructions. Note: Packages weighing more than 75 pounds (34 kg) require special arrangements and must not be sent to the Chemical Transfer Station. Please call the Office of Environmental Health and Safety at for more information. 3. MSDS are available at or through a chemical vendor. 4. Keep your chemical inventory and your emergency signs updated at 5. Before opening a package containing hazardous substances, inspect the packaging carefully for any signs of breakage or leakage of material. If there are any signs of leakage, place package in chemical fume hood, protect from exposure and call OEHS for assistance. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 54

55 Chemical and Biological Agent Ordering Instructions Fisher: (800) For chemical orders use a Fisher account number that ships to the Chemical Transfer Station, 11 Leavitt Lane. Account numbers that ship to the Chemical Transfer Station can be provided by your Business Service Center representative. Register to use an account number for online chemical orders by visiting the Fisher website. For each chemical order, enter in the attention line the building and room number to which you want the chemicals delivered. Sigma-Aldrich: (800) Register for an online chemical ordering account at Sigma Aldrich s Pipeline website with the registration code: USA_UNH (case sensitive). Orders with this account will be shipped to the Chemical Transfer Station, 11 Leavitt Lane. For each chemical order, enter in the attention line the building and room number to which you want the chemicals delivered. VWR: (800) For chemical orders use an account number that ships to the Chemical Transfer Station, 11 Leavitt Lane. Account numbers that ship to the Chemical Transfer Station can be provided by your Business Service Center representative. For each chemical order, enter in the attention line the building and room number to which you want the chemicals delivered. For chemical orders made with all other suppliers: Shipping Instructions: 1. Use this ship-to address: [Your Name] UNH Chemical Transfer Station 11 Leavitt Lane Durham, NH Enter in the attention line the building and room where you want the chemicals delivered. For Chemistry Department only: 1. Use this ship-to address: [Your Name] Parsons Hall, Room College Road Durham, NH Enter in the attention line the building and room where you want the chemicals delivered. Note: Online ordering is the preferred method because both you and EH&S receive a confirmation . This will assist EH&S in scheduling deliveries. Reminder: Before you order, check the UNH Chemical Surplus List at the online inventory where the chemical may be available at NO COST. If you need a UNHCEMS account or have any questions on how to make chemical orders, call the Office of Environmental Health and Safety at UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 55

56 Section 7: Housekeeping Good housekeeping is mandatory in all laboratories using or storing hazardous chemicals. Ensure that all chemical spills are cleaned up promptly and safely. Dispose of old chemicals, mixtures, and solutions routinely (e.g., after each semester). Keep exit routes clear and never block access to emergency equipment (e.g., eyewash station, deluge shower, fire extinguisher). Keep clutter to a minimum in chemical fume hoods, safety cabinets, benches, tabletops, and on the floor. Ensure trash, broken glass, sharps, recyclables, and chemical wastes are properly disposed. Section 8: Chemical Storage The number and amounts of chemicals in laboratories should be reduced to an absolute minimum. Chemicals should be stored based on their compatibility; compatible chemicals can be stored alphabetically. Incompatible chemicals must be physically segregated during storage. Corrosives, flammable liquids, oxidizers, and highly reactive chemicals must be separated and stored properly to avoid an unwanted chemical reaction. Information on incompatible chemicals is available in Appendix O and available on the OEHS website at Specially designed cabinets should be used to store hazardous chemicals. Hazardous chemicals should not be stored under sinks. Chemically-compatible bins should be used as secondary containment and to segregate incompatible materials. Proper chemical storage also includes the following: Storage areas should be well ventilated. Large containers of reagents should be stored on low shelving, preferably in trays to contain all leaks and spills. Chemicals should not be stored on the floor, on bench tops, or inside fume hoods. Inventories of storage areas should be conducted on an ongoing basis, and at least annually, and results should be included in UNHCEMS. Odiferous chemicals must be stored inside vented cabinets or fume hoods. Flammable and combustible liquids requiring refrigeration must be stored in units designed for flammable material storage. Typical domestic refrigerators and freezers are not approved for flammable material storage and may result in fire and explosion hazards. Section 9: Special Operating Procedures for Hazardous Chemicals A. Corrosive Chemicals Corrosive chemicals include strong acids and bases, dehydrating agents, nonmetal chlorides and halogens. These chemicals are acute health hazards and present problems in handling and storage. In addition to general procedures for handling of chemicals detailed in this manual, the following procedures should be followed: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 56

57 Purchase corrosives in containers with a protective plastic coating, if available. Store corrosives under the hood, or low shelving or in storage cabinets. Gas cylinders (including lecture sized) should not be stored in the same cabinet with corrosive liquid, because of possible cylinder/valve damage. Properly segregate hazardous materials to prevent fire, explosion or toxic gas release. For example, segregate acids from bases and oxidizing acids from organic acids. Also, segregate nitric acid from other acids. B. Flammable Liquids Flammable and combustible liquids are chemicals in a liquid state that can easily burn. They are classified, or grouped, as either flammable or combustible by their flashpoints. Flammable liquids will ignite (i.e., catch on fire) and burn easily at normal working temperatures. Combustible liquids have the ability to burn at temperatures that are usually above working temperatures. See Table 1 for the various flash and boiling points according to the NFPA. Table 1. Flash/Boiling Points for NFPA Categories. Flash Point Boiling Point TYPE Fahrenheit Celsius Fahrenheit Celsius Class IA < 73 < 22.8 < 100 < 37.8 Class IB < 73 < 22.8 > 100 > 37.8 Class IC Class II Class IIIA Class IIIB > 200 > 93.3 Flammable and combustible liquids are present in almost every workplace. Fuels and many common products like solvents, thinners, cleaners, adhesives, paints, waxes and polishes may be flammable or combustible liquids. It is important to remember that as a general rule, a fire typically requires: Fuel in solid, liquid, or gas form. Fuel in the gaseous state must be between upper and lower explosion limit to combust. Oxygen in the form of breathable air or other chemical sources such as oxidizers (see Appendix P). A source of ignition, including heat, sparks, static discharge, and open flame. In order to work safely with flammable liquids: Order only the amounts that are necessary. Remove all nearby sources of ignition. Heat flammable liquids with safe heating equipment (e.g., mantles) or explosion-safe equipment. When transferring flammable liquids using metal containers, ground both containers. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 57

58 Though uncommon, some plastics require special grounding to prevent static charge; avoid use of these plastics. In cases where they are used, employ grounding techniques as prescribed by the manufacturer or contact OEHS for more information. Store flammable liquids in safety cans, flammable storage cabinets, or flammable storage refrigerators. Locate all distillation apparatus inside a functioning chemical fume hood. Do not leave solvent distillation processes unattended. C. Storage of Flammable Liquids Limits for the storage of flammable solvents are based on fire hazards associated with each liquid. The following requirements must be followed: Flammable liquids stored in the laboratory should be kept to a minimum. Flammable liquids must not be stored next to sources of ignition or oxidizers. Storage of flammable liquids outside approved flammable storage cabinets and safety cans must not exceed 10 gallons per 100 square feet of laboratory space, including waste. Storage in flammable storage cabinets and approved safety cans must not exceed 20 gallons per 100 square feet of laboratory space. There are maximum container size requirements for different classes of flammable liquids and limits for the maximum amounts stored in a laboratory. Please contact OEHS for additional information. Table 2. Maximum Allowable Container Capacity. Flammable Liquids Combustible Liquids Container Type IA IB IC II IIIA Glass 500 ml (1 pt) 1 L (1 qt) 4 L (1.1 gal) 4 L (1.1 gal) 20 L (5 gal) Metal (other than DOT drums) or 4 L (1.1 gal) 20 L (5 gal) 20 L (5 gal) 20 L (5 gal) 20 L (5 gal) approved plastic Safety cans (UL or FM approved) 10 L (2.6 gal) 20 L (5 gal) 20 L (5 gal) 20 L (5 gal) 20 L (5 gal) Metal container (DOT specification) 4 L (1.1 gal) 20 L (5 gal) 20 L (5 gal) 227 L (60 gal) 227 L (60 gal) Polyethylene (DOT Specification 34, UN 1H1, or as authorized by DOT exemption) 4 L (1.1 gal) 20 L (5 gal) 20 L (5 gal) 227 L (60 gal) 227 L (60 gal) D. Safety Cans Safety cans must be approved by Underwriter Laboratory (UL) or Factory Mutual (FM) for flammable and (non-corrosive) combustible materials. They are made of 22-gauge steel and have a self-closing lid or quarter turn spigot. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 58

59 E. Flammable Storage Cabinets Flammable storage cabinets are designed to protect the contents of the cabinet from heat and flame in the event of a fire. According to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), flammable storage cabinets are not required to be ventilated. If there are ventilation openings in the cabinet, then: (1) The ventilation opening must be sealed with materials providing fire protection at least equivalent to that of the construction of the cabinet; or, (2) The cabinet must be vented outdoors using appropriate fire protection piping. Flammable storage cabinets should not be vented by removing bung caps or flame arrestors. Follow these procedures when using or considering the use of flammable storage cabinets: Flammable storage cabinets should not be located near exits, electrical panels or sources of heat or ignition. Factory Mutual, Underwriter s Laboratory, or other qualified testing agencies, must list flammable storage cabinets. The flammable storage cabinet must be clearly labeled with a sign, which reads FLAMMABLE KEEP FIRE AWAY. Materials stored inside of the flammable storage cabinet should be compatible with the cabinet s design and construction. Corrosive materials should not be stored in a flammable storage cabinet due to possible corrosion of the cabinet and incompatibility with organic solvents. F. Flammable Storage Refrigerators According to Annex A of NFPA 45 Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals: The use of domestic refrigerators for the storage of typical laboratory solvents presents a significant hazard to the laboratory work area. Refrigerator temperatures are almost universally higher than the flash points of the flammable liquids most often stored in them. In addition to vapor accumulation, a domestic refrigerator contains readily available ignition sources, such as thermostats, light switches, and heater strips, all within or exposed to the refrigerated storage compartment. Furthermore, the compressor and its circuits are typically located at the bottom of the unit, where vapors from flammable liquid spills or leaks could easily accumulate. Flammable storage refrigerators are specially designed to prevent internal explosions caused by flammable vapors being exposed to ignition sources (e.g., the temperature control switch or the light). In addition, explosion-proof refrigerators and freezers have an explosion-proof interior and exterior. These refrigerators and freezers must meet UL, NFPA, and OSHA standards. Due to these concerns, flammable liquids with a flash point below 100 degrees Fahrenheit are prohibited in household-type refrigerators at UNH. Flammable storage refrigerators are required for storage of any quantity of flammable liquids UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 59

60 including solutions of solvents and storage of samples preserved in flammable liquids. If a properly rated refrigerator is not available, plan experiments accordingly to chill solvents ahead of time with ice or dry ice. Explosion-proof refrigerators are designed to be used in locations where there may be a flammable environment. For normal laboratory operations, they can be used interchangeably with flammable storage refrigerators since they have no sources of ignition on the inside of the unit. An explosion-proof refrigerator would be required in a location where all wiring was explosion-proof. There are a very limited number of locations on campus where this type of wiring is required. In laboratories storing or using flammable liquids, refrigerators should be clearly marked to indicate whether it is safe for storage of flammable materials. Internal laboratory procedures must ensure that laboratory refrigerators are being properly used. G. Compressed and Liquefied Gases Compressed gases may present both physical and health hazards. Gases may be flammable, reactive, corrosive or toxic and these properties must be considered when developing experimental procedures and designing apparatus. In addition, compressed gases, when not handled properly or not contained in properly designed vessels, can be extremely hazardous with a high potential for explosion. All procedures and experimental apparatus used in the handling of extremely toxic gases and gases with a high potential for explosion should be approved by the UNH Chemical Safety Committee, prior to implementation. Although each approved gas cylinder is designed, constructed, and tested to safely contain its contents, the following procedures should be taken in handling and storing of compressed gases. All personnel who will be working in areas where compressed gases are used or stored must receive instructions from their supervisor regarding the safe handling of cylinders, emergency and evacuation procedures, the use of appropriate personal protective equipment, and those steps which may be necessary to be taken in the event of a leak or fire in or nearby the work area. 1. Gas Cylinder Storage and Labeling Requirements a. When receiving a gas cylinder do not accept it until the following items are verified: The contents are identified either by labels or stencils; It contains the appropriate DOT label; It contains a valve protection cap (if so designed); and It is labeled with the current hydrostatic test date (if applicable). UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 60

61 b. Store gas cylinders in a well-ventilated area. All cylinders must be stored in a secured upright position to a sturdy permanent structure to prevent the cylinder from falling or being knocked over. Gas mixtures should be stored in accordance with their physical and chemical properties. Refer to the Material Safety Data Sheets for specific information. All gas cylinders should be anchored individually. c. All gas cylinders must be labeled as to their status: Full, In Use, or Empty. Store empty and full gas cylinders separately. Cylinders are considered empty if their pressure is less than 25 psig. All cylinders will be considered full that are not properly identified. d. Place protective caps on those cylinders which are not in use. e. Flammable gases must be kept separated from oxidizing gases. Oxygen containers should be separated from flammable gas by a minimum distance of 20-feet or a non-combustible barrier with a 1-hour fire rating. f. Cylinders of gases having a Health Hazard rating of 3 or 4 (or 2 with no physiological warning properties) must be kept in a continuously mechanically ventilated hood or other continuously mechanically ventilated enclosure. There must be no more than three cylinders of gases with Health Hazard ratings of 3 or 4 per hood or other ventilated enclosure. g. Cylinders containing gases that are corrosive to cylinders or cylinder valves or that may become unstable while stored in the cylinder shall have a maximum retention period of six months, unless a shorter period is otherwise specified by the manufacturer. h. Do not store gas cylinders near elevators, ventilating systems, or other openings through which gas may spread to other parts of the building if a leak should occur. Do not store gas cylinders where there is a risk of having damage to the cylinder. i. Cylinders in laboratory work areas containing oxygen, flammable gas, liquefied flammable gas, and with a Health Hazard rating of 3 or 4 shall comply with the quantities in NFPA Gas Cylinder Handling Requirements a. Prior to connecting a regulator, open the gas cylinder valve slightly and then immediately close it to blow out dirt or debris from the valve assembly. Aim the valve away from the operator and any other personnel present during this operation. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 61

62 b. Always open cylinder valves slowly. Never force the valve open. If the valve cannot be opened by the wheel or small wrench provided, return the gas cylinder. To shut down a system, close the cylinder valve and relieve the pressure from the entire system through a hose that is not being used. c. Never interchange regulators and hose lines among different types of gases. d. Always turn off cylinders from the main stem valve (not the regulator). Turn off any cylinder slowly. e. Suitable equipment must be available for moving cylinders and other portable containers. Hand trucks must be equipped with a clamp or chain to secure the container in place or they must be specifically designed for container handling. Never drag, roll, or slide a cylinder in an attempt to move it. f. Never drop cylinders; never permit cylinders to strike each other; and never strike cylinders with a metal instrument. Section 10: Intra-Facility Transportation of Chemicals Secondary containment of chemicals is required when transporting bottles of chemicals outside the laboratory. Secondary containment is a durable container (e.g., Rubber Maid tote, plastic pail or bottle carrier) capable of containing the contents of the original container in the event of a spill. Secondary containers should be used when chemicals are carried through corridors, stairways, and inside elevators. Under no circumstances should anyone transport chemical containers in a passenger elevator without the use of secondary containers. Section 11: Chemical Waste Many of the waste chemicals resulting from laboratory experiments are hazardous and their generation, storage, and disposal must be given consideration in every experiment. Each laboratory must follow the procedures specified in the UNH Hazardous Waste Management Plan. UNH has the following requirements for chemical waste containers: Labeling: The label must contain the information shown on the OEHS provided hazardous waste labels and be completely filled out. Packaging: The chemical waste container must have a cap in place at all times, except when actively filling or discharging the bottle or can. Place the primary, chemical container into a secondary container for additional protection. Storage: The chemical waste must be stored in a location specifically for Hazardous Waste. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 62

63 Hazardous waste that is not properly packaged and labeled cannot be removed by OEHS. Section 12: Particularly Hazardous Substances Many Particularly Hazardous Substances have been designated in UNHCEMS as well as within individual instructional and research laboratory chemical inventories. Please consult the MSDS for appropriate handling requirements of Particularly Hazardous Substances. The following safe work practices must be taken when working with Particularly Hazardous Substances: Particularly Hazardous Substances must be stored in secondary containment to help prevent spills or leaks. Additional containment devices may be needed to safely handle, store, or use Particularly Hazardous Substances. Special engineering controls and personal protective equipment may be needed when handling, storing, or using Particularly Hazardous Substances. Work surfaces should be protected from contamination through the use of disposable, absorbent, plastic backed paper. Replace contaminated paper as necessary and handle as hazardous waste. Special decontamination and waste disposal procedures may be necessary for Particularly Hazardous Substances. Medical surveillance may be required for laboratory personnel using Particularly Hazardous Substances. Contact the Office of Environmental Health and Safety at for addition information regarding Particularly Hazardous Substances. A. Highly Reactive Chemicals Highly reactive chemicals are inherently unstable and can react in an uncontrolled manner to liberate heat, toxic gases, or explosion. These include shock sensitive chemicals, high-energy oxidizers (see Appendix P) and peroxide formers (see Appendix Q and Table 3). Before working with these materials, safety information should be reviewed to evaluate proper storage and handling procedures. In addition to the general procedures above, the following procedures are recommended: Use a chemical fume hood with the sash as low as possible, for all reactions. Secure reaction equipment properly. Use impact protection (e.g., shields and guards) in addition to chemical splash protection (e.g., eye protection, face shields, gloves, laboratory coats). Handle shock-sensitive chemicals gently to avoid friction, grinding and impact. Dispose of reagents with suspect purity and age. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 63

64 If the risks are high, experiments should be performed in an isolated facility with explosion venting and explosion-resistant construction. B. Peroxidizable Compounds To prevent accidents, peroxidizable compounds should be identified, dated upon opening, inventoried, and evaluated for safe use after three months. Do not store peroxidizable compounds in colorless glass bottles because the formation of peroxides is catalyzed by light. More information is available in the National Safety Council Publication, Recognition and Handling of Peroxidizable Compounds. Questions regarding the use and storage of peroxidizable materials should be directed to the Office of Environmental Health and Safety. Use these precautions when handling peroxide-forming agents: 1. Know the properties and hazards of the material you are using through adequate research and study, including reading the label and MSDS. 2. When receiving a bottle of the material, write Received on: and the date on the label. Ensure that the chemical has been entered into UNHCEMS at 3. When opening the bottle for the first time, write Opened on: and the date on the label. 4. Establish a laboratory routine to test all peroxide-forming chemicals on the first day of each month (or no later than every 3 months). 5. Do not purchase more of the chemical than can be reasonably used in three month s time. Peroxides can build up over time as solvent evaporates and/or air seeps into the bottle. 6. If possible, purchase material that contains an appropriate peroxide inhibitor such as BHT (butylated hydroxyl toluene). If non-inhibited material must be stored, be sure to store the material under an inert atmosphere of nitrogen or argon and test it for peroxides at least once a month. 7. Do not distill, evaporate, or concentrate the material until it has been tested for the presence of peroxides. Peroxides are usually less volatile than their parent material and tend to concentrate upon distillation. 8. Do not store peroxide-forming materials in clear glass bottles (light can accelerate the chemical reactions that form peroxides). Always use an amber, but transparent bottle. Do not store the material in a metal can or other container which must be opened to see inside. 9. Do not store peroxide-forming chemicals near heat, sunlight, or ignition sources. Avoid places that undergo temperature variations which can cause the bottle to breathe in oxygen. 10. Do not purchase or use high-risk items such as di-isopropyl ether: use less hazardous alternatives. 11. NEVER touch or attempt to open a container of a peroxide-forming liquid if there are crystals around the cap and/or in the bottle. The vibration/friction of screwing the cap could detonate the bottle with disastrous results. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 64

65 See the table below and Appendix Q for examples of common peroxidizable compounds. Table 3. Classes of Chemicals that can Form Peroxides Upon Aging* Class I - Unsaturated materials, especially those of low molecular weight, may polymerize violently and hazardously due to peroxide initiation. Class II - The following chemicals are a peroxide hazard upon concentration (distillation or evaporation). A test for peroxide should be performed if concentration is intended or suspected. Class III - Peroxides derived from the following compound may explode without concentration. (Discard After One Year) (Discard After One Year) (Discard After Three Months) Acrylic acid Acrylonitrile Butadiene Chlorobutadiene (chloroprene) Chloroprene Chlorotrifluoroethylene Methyl methacrylate Styrene Tetrafluoroethylene Vinyl acetate Vinyl acetylene Vinyl chloride Vinyl pyridine Vinylidene chloride Acetal Acetaldehyde Benzyl alcohol 2-Butanol Cumene Cyclohexene Cyclooctene Cyclopentene Diacetylene Dicyclopentadiene Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme) Diethyl ether Dioxane (p-dioxane) Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (glyme) Furan Methyl acetylene Methyl cyclopentane Methyl-i-butyl ketone Tetrahydrofuran Tetrahydronaphthalene Vinyl ethers Organic Butadine Divinyl ether Divinyl acetylene Isopropyl ether Vinylidene chloride Inorganic Potassium metal Potassium amide Sodium amide (sodamide) * Lists are illustrative and not exhaustive. Reference: Prudent Practices in the Laboratory, Handling and Disposal of Chemicals, National Academy Press, C. Chemicals of Highly Acute and Chronic Toxicity Certain chemicals have been identified as causing acute health effects or long-term chronic health effects. Substances of high acute toxicity cause immediate health effects at very low concentrations. The LD 50 is the single dose of a substance which causes the death of 50% of an animal population when exposed to the substance by any route other than inhalation. LD 50 is usually expressed as milligrams or grams or material per kilogram of animal weight (mg/kg or g/kg). The animal species and means of administering the dose (e.g., oral, intravenous) should also be stated. Toxicity is typically defined as: Moderately toxic: LD 50 of 500-5,000 mg/kg UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 65

66 Very toxic: LD 50 of mg/kg Extremely toxic: LD 50 of 5-50mg/kg Supertoxic: LD 50 <5mg/kg Some examples of chemicals with high acute toxicity are hydrogen cyanide, phosgene or arsine. Research with hazardous chemicals with ACGIH TLV-TWA value or ceiling value less than 10 parts per million (ppm) should receive prior approval the Chemical Safety Committee and OEHS. Substances that have high chronic toxicity cause damage after repeated exposure over a period of time. These may include carcinogens (see Appendix S), reproductive toxins, mutagens, teratogens and sensitizers. Laboratory personnel (male and female), especially those of childbearing age, should be notified of any reproductive toxins being used in the laboratory. Any employee who is pregnant or planning to become pregnant should contact OEHS and a personal physician or a health physician at UNH Health Services to assess potential exposures. D. Procedures for Handling Highly Toxic Chemicals Section 13: Carcinogens Because chemicals with high acute toxicity and those with high chronic toxicity are hazardous at very low concentrations, the following practices must be observed: Notify all employees of the particular hazards associated with this work. Minimize contact with these chemicals by any route of exposure (e.g., inhalation, skin contact, mucous membrane contact or injection). Work only in a properly operating chemical fume hood or glove box. Remove all protective clothing before leaving the area and decontaminate it or if disposable, place it in a plastic bag and secure it. Call OEHS for disposal. Develop and implement an emergency plan for each operation. Decontaminate work surfaces after completing procedures. Do not conduct normal laboratory work in the designated area until decontaminated. According to OSHA, a carcinogen is any substance which meets any of the following criteria: It is regulated by OSHA as a carcinogen; It is listed under the category, known to be carcinogens, in the Annual Report on Carcinogens published by the National Toxicology Program; It is listed under Group 1 ( carcinogenic to humans ) by the International Agency for research on Cancer Monographs; It is listed in either Group 2A or 2B by IARC or under the category, reasonably anticipated to be carcinogens by NTP, and causes statistically significant tumor incidence in experimental animals in accordance with any of the following criteria: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 66

67 - After inhalation exposure of 6-7 hours per day, 5 days per week, for a significant portion of a lifetime to dosages of less than 10 mg/m(3); - After repeated skin application of less than 300 (mg/kg of body weight) per week; or - After oral dosages of less than 50 mg/kg of body weight per day. Please see Appendix S for a list of known and probable carcinogens. Section 14: Controlled Substances The U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) requires that personnel working with Controlled Substances must have a DEA license. Special inventory, security, and recordkeeping requirements apply to work with DEA Controlled Substances. Please visit the U.S. DEA website at for more information. Section 15: Accepting Hazardous Materials The Office of Environmental Health and Safety must approve all hazardous material transfers to UNH property. Faculty, staff, students, visitors, and guests are prohibited from accepting hazardous materials, including but not limited to chemicals, without first receiving approval from OEHS. Please contact OEHS at for more information. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 67

68 Chapter 10 Biological Safety Section 1: Section 2: Section 3: Section 4: Section 5: Section 6: Section 7: Section 8: Section 9: Biosafety Level One (BSL-1) Requirements Biosafety Level Two (BSL-2) Requirements Biosafety Level Three (BSL-3) Requirements Institutional Biosafety Committee (IBC) Registration Laboratory Animals Human Blood and Body Fluids Universal Precautions Recombinant DNA Environmental Samples Section 10: Importation and Interstate Shipment of Pathogens Section 11: Biosafety Practices and Safety Equipment Section 12: Biological Spills Section 13: Flow Cytometry for Live and Fixed Cells Section 14: Ethidium Bromide Handling and Disposal Section 15: Autoclave Use, Maintenance, and Testing Section 16: Biohazardous Waste Disposal Practices UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 68

69 Section 1: Biosafety Level One (BSL-1) Requirements BSL-1 is suitable for work involving well-characterized agents not known to consistently cause disease in immunocompetent adult humans, and present minimal potential hazard to laboratory personnel and the environment. BSL-1 laboratories are not necessarily separated from the general traffic patterns in the building. Work is typically conducted on open bench tops using standard microbiological practices. Special containment equipment or facility design is not required, but may be used as determined by appropriate risk assessment. Laboratory personnel must have specific training in the procedures conducted in the laboratory and must be supervised by a scientist with training in microbiology or a related science. The following standard practices, safety equipment, and facility requirements apply to BSL-1: A. Standard Microbiological Practices 1. The laboratory supervisor must enforce the institutional policies that control access to the laboratory. 2. Persons must wash their hands after working with potentially hazardous materials and before leaving the laboratory. 3. Eating, drinking, smoking, handling contact lenses, applying cosmetics, and storing food for human consumption must not be permitted in laboratory areas. Food must be stored outside the laboratory area in cabinets or refrigerators designated and used for this purpose. 4. Mouth pipetting is prohibited; mechanical pipetting devices must be used. 5. Policies for the safe handling of sharps, such as needles, scalpels, pipettes, and broken glassware must be developed and implemented. Whenever practical, laboratory supervisors should adopt improved engineering and work practice controls that reduce risk of sharps injuries. Precautions, including those listed below, must always be taken with sharp items. These include: a. Careful management of needles and other sharps are of primary importance. Needles must not be bent, sheared, broken, recapped, removed from disposable syringes, or otherwise manipulated by hand before disposal. b. Used disposable needles and syringes must be carefully placed in conveniently located puncture-resistant containers used for sharps disposal. c. Non disposable sharps must be placed in a hard walled container for transport to a processing area for decontamination, preferably by autoclaving. d. Broken glassware must not be handled directly. Instead, it must be removed using a brush and dustpan, tongs, or forceps. Plasticware should be substituted for glassware whenever possible. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 69

70 6. Perform all procedures to minimize the creation of splashes and/or aerosols. 7. Decontaminate work surfaces after completion of work and after any spill or splash of potentially infectious material with appropriate disinfectant. 8. Decontaminate all cultures, stocks, and other potentially infectious materials before disposal using an effective method. Depending on where the decontamination will be performed, the following methods should be used prior to transport: a. Materials to be decontaminated outside of the immediate laboratory must be placed in a durable, leak proof container and secured for transport b. Materials to be removed from the facility for decontamination must be packed in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations. 9. A sign incorporating the universal biohazard symbol must be posted at the entrance to the laboratory when infectious agents are present. The sign may include the name of the agent(s) in use, and the name and phone number of the laboratory supervisor or other responsible personnel. Agent information should be posted in accordance with the institutional policy. 10. An effective integrated pest management program is required. 11. The laboratory supervisor must ensure that laboratory personnel receive appropriate training regarding their duties, the necessary precautions to prevent exposures, and exposure evaluation procedures. Personnel must receive annual updates or additional training when procedural or policy changes occur. Personal health status may impact an individual s susceptibility to infection, ability to receive immunizations or prophylactic interventions. Therefore, all laboratory personnel and particularly women of child-bearing age should be provided with information regarding immune competence and conditions that may predispose them to infection. Individuals having these conditions should be encouraged to self-identify to the institution s healthcare provider for appropriate counseling and guidance. B. Special Practices None required. C. Safety Equipment (Primary Barriers and Personal Protective Equipment) 1. Special containment devices or equipment, such as BSCs, are not generally required. 2. Protective laboratory coats, gowns, or uniforms are recommended to prevent contamination of personal clothing. 3. Wear protective eyewear when conducting procedures that have the potential to create splashes of microorganisms or other hazardous materials. Persons who wear contact lenses in laboratories should also wear eye protection. 4. Gloves must be worn to protect hands from exposure to hazardous materials Glove selection should be based on an appropriate risk assessment. 5. Alternatives to latex gloves should be available. Wash hands prior to leaving the laboratory. In addition, BSL-1 workers should: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 70

71 a. Change gloves when contaminated, integrity has been compromised, or when otherwise necessary. b. Remove gloves and wash hands when work with hazardous materials has been completed and before leaving the laboratory. c. Do not wash or reuse disposable gloves. Dispose of used gloves with other contaminated laboratory waste. Hand washing protocols must be rigorously followed. D. Laboratory Facilities (Secondary Barriers) 1. Laboratories should have doors for access control. 2. Laboratories must have a sink for hand washing. 3. The laboratory should be designed so that it can be easily cleaned. Carpets and rugs in laboratories are not appropriate. 4. Laboratory furniture must be capable of supporting anticipated loads and uses Spaces between benches, cabinets, and equipment should be accessible for cleaning. a. Bench tops must be impervious to water and resistant to heat, organic solvents, acids, alkalis, and other chemicals. b. Chairs used in laboratory work must be covered with a non-porous material that can be easily cleaned and decontaminated with appropriate disinfectant. 5. Laboratories windows that open to the exterior should be fitted with screens. Section 2: Biosafety Level Two (BSL-2) Requirements BSL-2 builds upon BSL-1 practices. BSL-2 is suitable for work involving agents that pose moderate hazards to personnel and the environment. It differs from BSL-1 in that 1) laboratory personnel have specific training in handling pathogenic agents and are supervised by scientists competent in handling infectious agents and associated procedures; 2) access to the laboratory is restricted when work is being conducted; and 3) all procedures in which infectious aerosols or splashes may be created are conducted in BSCs or other physical containment equipment. The following standard and special practices, safety equipment, and facility requirements apply to BSL-2: A. Standard Microbiological Practices 1. The laboratory supervisor must enforce the institutional policies that control access to the laboratory. 2. Persons must wash their hands after working with potentially hazardous materials and before leaving the laboratory. 3. Eating, drinking, smoking, handling contact lenses, applying cosmetics, and storing food for human consumption must not be permitted in laboratory UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 71

72 areas. Food must be stored outside the laboratory area in cabinets or refrigerators designated and used for this purpose. 4. Mouth pipetting is prohibited; mechanical pipetting devices must be used. 5. Policies for the safe handling of sharps, such as needles, scalpels, pipettes, and broken glassware must be developed and implemented. Whenever practical, laboratory supervisors should adopt improved engineering and work practice controls that reduce risk of sharps injuries. Precautions, including those listed below, must always be taken with sharp items. These include: a. Careful management of needles and other sharps are of primary importance. Needles must not be bent, sheared, broken, recapped, removed from disposable syringes, or otherwise manipulated by hand before disposal. b. Used disposable needles and syringes must be carefully placed in conveniently located puncture-resistant containers used for sharps disposal. c. Non-disposable sharps must be placed in a hard walled container for transport to a processing area for decontamination, preferably by autoclaving. d. Broken glassware must not be handled directly. Instead, it must be removed using a brush and dustpan, tongs, or forceps. Plasticware should be substituted for glassware whenever possible. 6. Perform all procedures to minimize the creation of splashes and/or aerosols. 7. Decontaminate work surfaces after completion of work and after any spill or splash of potentially infectious material with appropriate disinfectant. 8. Decontaminate all cultures, stocks, and other potentially infectious materials before disposal using an effective method. Depending on where the decontamination will be performed, the following methods should be used prior to transport: a. Materials to be decontaminated outside of the immediate laboratory must be placed in a durable, leak proof container and secured for transport. b. Materials to be removed from the facility for decontamination must be packed in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations. 9. A sign incorporating the universal biohazard symbol must be posted at the entrance to the laboratory when infectious agents are present. Posted information must include: the laboratory s biosafety level, the supervisor s name (or other responsible personnel), telephone number, and required procedures for entering and exiting the laboratory. Agent information should be posted in accordance with the institutional policy. 10. An effective integrated pest management program is required. 11. The laboratory supervisor must ensure that laboratory personnel receive appropriate training regarding their duties, the necessary precautions to prevent exposures, and exposure evaluation procedures. Personnel must UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 72

73 receive annual updates or additional training when procedural or policy changes occur. Personal health status may impact an individual s susceptibility to infection, ability to receive immunizations or prophylactic interventions. Therefore, all laboratory personnel and particularly women of child-bearing age should be provided with information regarding immune competence and conditions that may predispose them to infection. Individuals having these conditions should be encouraged to self-identify to the institution s healthcare provider for appropriate counseling and guidance. B. Special Practices 1. All persons entering the laboratory must be advised of the potential hazards and meet specific entry/exit requirements. 2. Laboratory personnel must be provided medical surveillance and offered appropriate immunizations for agents handled or potentially present in the laboratory. 3. Each institution must establish policies and procedures describing the collection and storage of serum samples from at-risk personnel. 4. A laboratory-specific biosafety manual must be prepared and adopted as policy. The biosafety manual must be available and accessible. 5. The laboratory supervisor must ensure that laboratory personnel demonstrate proficiency in standard and special microbiological practices before working with BSL-2 agents. 6. Potentially infectious materials must be placed in a durable, leak proof container during collection, handling, processing, storage, or transport within a facility. 7. Laboratory equipment should be routinely decontaminated, as well as, after spills, splashes, or other potential contamination. a. Spills involving infectious materials must be contained, decontaminated, and cleaned up by staff properly trained and equipped to work with infectious material. b. Equipment must be decontaminated before repair, maintenance, or removal from the laboratory. 8. Incidents that may result in exposure to infectious materials must be immediately evaluated and treated according to procedures described in the laboratory biosafety safety manual. All such incidents must be reported to the laboratory supervisor. Medical evaluation, surveillance, and treatment should be provided and appropriate records maintained. 9. Animals and plants not associated with the work being performed must not be permitted in the laboratory. 10. All procedures involving the manipulation of infectious materials that may generate an aerosol should be conducted within a BSC or other physical containment devices. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 73

74 C. Safety Equipment (Primary Barriers and Personal Protective Equipment) 1. Properly maintained BSCs (preferably Class II), other appropriate personal protective equipment, or other physical containment devices must be used whenever: a. Procedures with a potential for creating infectious aerosols or splashes are conducted. These may include pipetting, centrifuging, grinding, blending, shaking, mixing, sonicating, opening containers of infectious materials, inoculating animals intranasally, and harvesting infected tissues from animals or eggs. b. High concentrations or large volumes of infectious agents are used. Such materials may be centrifuged in the open laboratory using sealed rotor heads or centrifuge safety cups. 2. Protective laboratory coats, gowns, smocks, or uniforms designated for laboratory use must be worn while working with hazardous materials. Remove protective clothing before leaving for non-laboratory areas (e.g., cafeteria, library, administrative offices). Dispose of protective clothing appropriately, or deposit it for laundering by the institution. It is recommended that laboratory clothing not be taken home. 3. Eye and face protection (goggles, mask, face shield or other splatter guard) is used for anticipated splashes or sprays of infectious or other hazardous materials when the microorganisms must be handled outside the BSC or containment device. Eye and face protection must be disposed of with other contaminated laboratory waste or decontaminated before reuse. Persons who wear contact lenses in laboratories should also wear eye protection. 4. Gloves must be worn to protect hands from exposure to hazardous materials. Glove selection should be based on an appropriate risk assessment. Alternatives to latex gloves should be available. Gloves must not be worn outside the laboratory. In addition, BSL-2 laboratory workers should: a. Change gloves when contaminated, integrity has been compromised, or when otherwise necessary. Wear two pairs of gloves when appropriate. b. Remove gloves and wash hands when work with hazardous materials has been completed and before leaving the laboratory. c. Do not wash or reuse disposable gloves. Dispose of used gloves with other contaminated laboratory waste. Hand washing protocols must be rigorously followed. 5. Eye, face and respiratory protection should be used in rooms containing infected animals as determined by the risk assessment. D. Laboratory Facilities (Secondary Barriers) 1. Laboratory doors should be self-closing and have locks in accordance with the institutional policies. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 74

75 2. Laboratories must have a sink for hand washing. The sink may be manually, hands-free, or automatically operated. It should be located near the exit door.] 3. The laboratory should be designed so that it can be easily cleaned and decontaminated. Carpets and rugs in laboratories are not permitted. 4. Laboratory furniture must be capable of supporting anticipated loads and uses. Spaces between benches, cabinets, and equipment should be accessible for cleaning. a. Bench tops must be impervious to water and resistant to heat, organic solvents, acids, alkalis, and other chemicals. b. Chairs used in laboratory work must be covered with a non-porous material that can be easily cleaned and decontaminated with appropriate disinfectant. 5. Laboratory windows that open to the exterior are not recommended. However, if a laboratory does have windows that open to the exterior, they must be fitted with screens. 6. BSCs must be installed so that fluctuations of the room air supply and exhaust do not interfere with proper operations. BSCs should be located away from doors, windows that can be opened, heavily traveled laboratory areas, and other possible airflow disruptions. 7. Vacuum lines should be protected with High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filters, or their equivalent. Filters must be replaced as needed. Liquid disinfectant traps may be required. 8. An eyewash station must be readily available. 9. There are no specific requirements on ventilation systems. However, planning of new facilities should consider mechanical ventilation systems that provide an inward flow of air without recirculation to spaces outside of the laboratory. 10. HEPA filtered exhaust air from a Class II BSC can be safely re-circulated back into the laboratory environment if the cabinet is tested and certified at least annually and operated according to manufacturer s recommendations. BSCs can also be connected to the laboratory exhaust system by either a thimble (canopy) connection or a direct (hard) connection. Provisions to assure proper safety cabinet performance and air system operation must be verified. 11. A method for decontaminating all laboratory wastes should be available in the facility (e.g., autoclave, chemical disinfection, incineration, or other validated decontamination method). Section 3: Biosafety Level Three (BSL-3) Requirements BSL-3 is applicable to clinical, diagnostic, teaching, research, or production facilities where work is performed with indigenous or exotic agents that may cause serious or potentially lethal disease through inhalation route exposure. Laboratory personnel must receive specific training in handling pathogenic and potentially lethal agents, and must be supervised by scientists competent in handling infectious agents and associated procedures. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 75

76 All procedures involving the manipulation of infectious materials must be conducted within BSCs, other physical containment devices, or by personnel wearing appropriate personal protective equipment. A BSL-3 laboratory has special engineering and design features. The following standard and special safety practices, equipment, and facility requirements apply to BSL-3: A. Standard Microbiological Practices 1. The laboratory supervisor must enforce the institutional policies that control access to the laboratory. 2. Persons must wash their hands after working with potentially hazardous materials and before leaving the laboratory. 3. Eating, drinking, smoking, handling contact lenses, applying cosmetics, and storing food for human consumption must not be permitted in laboratory areas. Food must be stored outside the laboratory area in cabinets or refrigerators designated and used for this purpose. 4. Mouth pipetting is prohibited; mechanical pipetting devices must be used. 5. Policies for the safe handling of sharps, such as needles, scalpels, pipettes, and broken glassware must be developed and implemented. Whenever practical, laboratory supervisors should adopt improved engineering and work practice controls that reduce risk of sharps injuries. Precautions, including those listed below, must always be taken with sharp items. These include: a. Careful management of needles and other sharps are of primary importance. Needles must not be bent, sheared, broken, recapped, removed from disposable syringes, or otherwise manipulated by hand before disposal. b. Used disposable needles and syringes must be carefully placed in conveniently located puncture-resistant containers used for sharps disposal. c. Non-disposable sharps must be placed in a hard walled container for transport to a processing area for decontamination, preferably by autoclaving. d. Broken glassware must not be handled directly. Instead, it must be removed using a brush and dustpan, tongs, or forceps. Plasticware should be substituted for glassware whenever possible. 6. Perform all procedures to minimize the creation of splashes and/or aerosols. 7. Decontaminate work surfaces after completion of work and after any spill or splash of potentially infectious material with appropriate disinfectant. 8. Decontaminate all cultures, stocks, and other potentially infectious materials before disposal using an effective method. A method for decontaminating all laboratory wastes should be available in the facility, preferably within the laboratory (e.g., autoclave, chemical disinfection, incineration, or other UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 76

77 validated decontamination method). Depending on where the decontamination will be performed, the following methods should be used prior to transport: a. Materials to be decontaminated outside of the immediate laboratory must be placed in a durable, leak proof container and secured for transport. b. Materials to be removed from the facility for decontamination must be packed in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations. 9. A sign incorporating the universal biohazard symbol must be posted at the entrance to the laboratory when infectious agents are present. Posted information must include the laboratory s biosafety level, the supervisor s name (or other responsible personnel), telephone number, and required procedures for entering and exiting the laboratory. Agent information should be posted in accordance with the institutional policy. 10. An effective integrated pest management program is required. 11. The laboratory supervisor must ensure that laboratory personnel receive appropriate training regarding their duties, the necessary precautions to prevent exposures, and exposure evaluation procedures. Personnel must receive annual updates or additional training when procedural or policy changes occur. Personal health status may impact an individual s susceptibility to infection, ability to receive immunizations or prophylactic interventions. Therefore, all laboratory personnel and particularly women of child-bearing age should be provided with information regarding immune competence and conditions that may predispose them to infection. Individuals having these conditions should be encouraged to self-identify to the institution s healthcare provider for appropriate counseling and guidance. B. Special Practices 1. All persons entering the laboratory must be advised of the potential hazards and meet specific entry/exit requirements. 2. Laboratory personnel must be provided medical surveillance and offered appropriate immunizations for agents handled or potentially present in the laboratory. 3. Each institution must establish policies and procedures describing the collection and storage of serum samples from at-risk personnel. 4. A laboratory-specific biosafety manual must be prepared and adopted as policy. The biosafety manual must be available and accessible. 5. The laboratory supervisor must ensure that laboratory personnel demonstrate proficiency in standard and special microbiological practices before working with BSL-3 agents. 6. Potentially infectious materials must be placed in a durable, leak proof container during collection, handling, processing, storage, or transport within a facility. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 77

78 7. Laboratory equipment should be routinely decontaminated, as well as, after spills, splashes, or other potential contamination. a. Spills involving infectious materials must be contained, decontaminated, and cleaned up by staff properly trained and equipped to work with infectious material. b. Equipment must be decontaminated before repair, maintenance, or removal from the laboratory. 8. Incidents that may result in exposure to infectious materials must be immediately evaluated and treated according to procedures described in the laboratory biosafety safety manual. All such incidents must be reported to the laboratory supervisor. Medical evaluation, surveillance, and treatment should be provided and appropriate records maintained. 9. Animals and plants not associated with the work being performed must not be permitted in the laboratory. 10. All procedures involving the manipulation of infectious materials must be conducted within a BSC, or other physical containment devices. No work with open vessels is conducted on the bench. When a procedure cannot be performed within a BSC, a combination of personal protective equipment and other containment devices, such as a centrifuge safety cup or sealed rotor, must be used. C. Safety Equipment (Primary Barriers and Personal Protective Equipment) 1. All procedures involving the manipulation of infectious materials must be conducted within a BSC (preferably Class II or Class III), or other physical containment devices. 2. Protective laboratory clothing with a solid-front such as tie-back or wraparound gowns, scrub suits, or coveralls are worn by workers when in the laboratory. Protective clothing is not worn outside of the laboratory. Reusable clothing is decontaminated with appropriate disinfectant before being laundered. Clothing is changed when contaminated. 3. Eye and face protection (goggles, mask, face shield or other splatter guard) is used for anticipated splashes or sprays of infectious or other hazardous materials. Eye and face protection must be disposed of with other contaminated laboratory waste or decontaminated before reuse. Persons who wear contact lenses in laboratories must also wear eye protection. 4. Gloves must be worn to protect hands from exposure to hazardous materials. Glove selection should be based on an appropriate risk assessment. Alternatives to latex gloves should be available. Gloves must not be worn outside the laboratory. In addition, BSL-3 laboratory workers should: a. Change gloves when contaminated, integrity has been compromised, or when otherwise necessary. Wear two pairs of gloves when appropriate. b. Remove gloves and wash hands when work with hazardous materials has been completed and before leaving the laboratory. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 78

79 c. Do not wash or reuse disposable gloves. Dispose of used gloves with other contaminated laboratory waste. Hand washing protocols must be rigorously followed. 5. Eye, face, and respiratory protection must be used in rooms containing infected animals. D. Laboratory Facilities (Secondary Barriers) 1. Laboratory doors must be self closing and have locks in accordance with the institutional policies. The laboratory must be separated from areas that are open to unrestricted traffic flow within the building. Access to the laboratory is restricted to entry by a series of two self-closing doors. A clothing change room (anteroom) may be included in the passageway between the two selfclosing doors. 2. Laboratories must have a sink for hand washing. The sink must be handsfree or automatically operated. It should be located near the exit door. If the laboratory is segregated into different laboratories, a sink must also be available for hand washing in each zone. Additional sinks may be required as determined by the risk assessment. 3. The laboratory must be designed so that it can be easily cleaned and decontaminated. Carpets and rugs are not permitted. Seams, floors, walls, and ceiling surfaces should be sealed. Spaces around doors and ventilation openings should be capable of being sealed to facilitate space decontamination. a. Floors must be slip resistant, impervious to liquids, and resistant to chemicals. Consideration should be given to the installation of seamless, sealed, resilient or poured floors, with integral cove bases. b. Walls should be constructed to produce a sealed smooth finish that can be easily cleaned and decontaminated. c. Ceilings should be constructed, sealed, and finished in the same general manner as walls. Decontamination of the entire laboratory should be considered when there has been gross contamination of the space, significant changes in laboratory usage, for major renovations, or maintenance shut downs. Selection of the appropriate materials and methods used to decontaminate the laboratory must be based on the risk assessment of the biological agents in use. 4. Laboratory furniture must be capable of supporting anticipated loads and uses. Spaces between benches, cabinets, and equipment must be accessible for cleaning. a. Bench tops must be impervious to water and resistant to heat, organic solvents, acids, alkalis, and other chemicals. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 79

80 b. Chairs used in laboratory work must be covered with a non-porous material that can be easily cleaned and decontaminated with appropriate disinfectant. 5. All windows in the laboratory must be sealed. 6. BSCs must be installed so that fluctuations of the room air supply and exhaust do not interfere with proper operations. BSCs should be located away from doors, heavily traveled laboratory areas, and other possible airflow disruptions. 7. Vacuum lines must be protected with HEPA filters, or their equivalent. Filters must be replaced as needed. Liquid disinfectant traps may be required. 8. An eyewash station must be readily available in the laboratory. 9. A ducted air ventilation system is required. This system must provide sustained directional airflow by drawing air into the laboratory from clean areas toward potentially contaminated areas. The laboratory shall be designed such that under failure conditions the airflow will not be reversed. a. Laboratory personnel must be able to verify directional air flow. A visual monitoring device which confirms directional air flow must be provided at the laboratory entry. Audible alarms should be considered to notify personnel of air flow disruption. b. The laboratory exhaust air must not re-circulate to any other area of the building. c. The laboratory building exhaust air should be dispersed away from occupied areas and from building air intake locations or the exhaust air must be HEPA filtered. 10. HEPA filtered exhaust air from a Class II BSC can be safely re-circulated into the laboratory environment if the cabinet is tested and certified at least annually and operated according to manufacturer s recommendations. BSCs can also be connected to the laboratory exhaust system by either a thimble (canopy) connection or a direct (hard) connection. Provisions to assure proper safety cabinet performance and air system operation must be verified. BSCs should be certified at least annually to assure correct performance. Class III BSCs must be directly (hard) connected up through the second exhaust HEPA filter of the cabinet. Supply air must be provided in such a manner that prevents positive pressurization of the cabinet. 11. A method for decontaminating all laboratory wastes should be available in the facility, preferably within the laboratory (e.g., autoclave, chemical disinfection, incineration, or other validated decontamination method). 12. Equipment that may produce infectious aerosols must be contained in devices that exhaust air through HEPA filtration or other equivalent technology before being discharged into the laboratory. These HEPA filters should be tested and/or replaced at least annually. 13. Facility design consideration should be given to means of decontaminating large pieces of equipment before removal from the laboratory. 14. Enhanced environmental and personal protection may be required by the agent summary statement, risk assessment, or applicable local, state, or UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 80

81 federal regulations. These laboratory enhancements may include, for example, one or more of the following; an anteroom for clean storage of equipment and supplies with dress-in, shower-out capabilities; gas tight dampers to facilitate laboratory isolation; final HEPA filtration of the laboratory exhaust air; laboratory effluent decontamination; and advanced access control devices such as biometrics. HEPA filter housings should have gas-tight isolation dampers; decontamination ports; and/or bag-in/bag-out (with appropriate decontamination procedures) capability. The HEPA filter housing should allow for leak testing of each filter and assembly. The filters and the housing should be certified at least annually. 15. The BSL-3 facility design, operational parameters, and procedures must be verified and documented prior to operation. Facilities must be re-verified and documented at least annually. Section 4: Institutional Biosafety Committee (IBC) Registration The UNH IBC requires that research with pathogenic microorganisms, recombinant DNA materials, and human blood/body fluids and tissues be registered prior to the initiation of work. For this registration, a pathogen is defined as any organism known to cause infection or suspected of causing infection in humans, animals, insects, or plants. Registration forms for recombinant DNA and infectious agents are available at UNH Biological Safety Forms. All faculty, staff and students who are working with microbiological organisms or materials potentially infected with microbial organisms are expected to follow the guidelines specified in Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories (BMBL) at The biological agents from the BMBL can be found in Appendix V. These guidelines describe four biosafety levels which specify microbiological practices, laboratory facilities and safety equipment. Work with infectious agents is assigned to a specific biosafety level based on the potential hazard of the agent to people. Four biosafety levels are also described for infectious disease activities in which small laboratory animals are used. All questions about biological safety should be directed the Laboratory Safety Officer in OEHS. Section 5: Laboratory Animals At UNH, all activities proposed to involve the care and use of live vertebrate animals must be reviewed and receive written, unconditional approval from the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (IACUC) before commencing. The IACUC, in conjunction with the Animal Resources Office, the Senior Vice Provost for Research, and the U.S. Department of Agriculture, has developed the Manual for the Care and Use of Animals at UNH. This document is available on the Office of Sponsored Research s website at UNH has established an Occupational Health Surveillance Program for personnel who work in vertebrate animal facilities or who have frequent contact with vertebrate animals. The Office of Sponsored Research and OEHS jointly administer the Occupational Health Surveillance Program. All personnel that have the potential to UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 81

82 handle vertebrate animals and/or unfixed vertebrate animal tissues must complete a Medical History and Risk Assessment questionnaire. This questionnaire is available online at This questionnaire is submitted to UNH Health Services for evaluation. Follow-up appointments for physical examinations, tests, and/or immunizations/boosters are determined based on specific tasks, the individual s health history, and the discretion of the physician. Documentation of an individual s participation in the occupational health surveillance program is maintained in OEHS. Medical records are maintained confidentially at Health Services. Section 6: Human Blood and Body Fluids The Institutional Biosafety Committee requires that research with human blood/body fluids and tissues be registered prior to the initiation of work. Please complete the UNH Registration Document for the Use of Biohazardous Materials online at Laboratory practices should be followed on the assumption that all human blood, body fluid and tissues are infectious (i.e., universal precautions). The Centers for Disease Control and National Institutes for Health recommend that Biological Safety Level Two (BSL-2) standards, containment, and facilities be used for activities involving clinical specimens, body fluids, and tissues from humans or from laboratory animals infected or inoculated with human material. These standards should also be applied to work with human cells in culture, human serum-derived reagents which may be used as controls and blood obtained from the Red Cross. Please refer to the CDC/NIH BMBL, available online at for more information. The U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard on Bloodborne Pathogens (29 CFR ) sets forth additional procedures and restrictions for working with human blood and bodily fluids. These rules describe engineering controls, safe work practices, personal protective equipment, and disposal requirements for tasks involving bloodborne pathogen exposures. Please consult the UNH Exposure Control Plan for specific details regarding the proper management of bloodborne pathogens. Section 7: Universal Precautions Universal precautions, as defined by CDC, are a set of precautions designed to prevent transmission of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis B virus (HBV) and other bloodborne pathogens when providing first aid or health care. Under universal precautions, blood and certain body fluids of all patients are considered potentially infectious for HIV, HBV, and other bloodborne pathogens. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 82

83 A. Bloodborne Disease Transmission Bloodborne disease transmission requires the agent to enter the recipient s general blood circulation. This can be through direct blood-to-blood (transfusions) or indirect (dirty needles) transmission. Less obvious routes of transmission are via the mucous membranes of the eye, nose or mouth or through breaks in the skin, which can be a result of simple dermatitis, acne, cuts, abrasions or hangnails. B. Materials to be Handled Using Universal Precautions Universal precautions apply to blood, other body fluids containing visible blood, semen, and vaginal secretions. Universal precautions also apply to tissues and to the following fluids: cerebrospinal, synovial, pleural, peritoneal, pericardial, and amniotic fluids. Universal precautions do not apply to feces, nasal secretions, sputum, sweat, tears, urine, and vomitus unless they contain visible blood. Universal precautions do not apply to saliva except when visibly contaminated with blood or in the dental setting where blood contamination of saliva is predictable. C. Personal Protective Equipment Gloves must be worn when touching blood and body fluids requiring universal precautions, mucous membranes or non-intact skin of all patients and for handling items or surfaces soiled with blood or body fluids to which universal precautions apply. Masks, eye protection, face shields must be worn to prevent exposure of mucous membranes of the mouth, nose and eyes during procedures that are likely to generate droplets of blood or body fluids requiring universal precautions. Lab coats, gowns, aprons must be worn during procedures that are likely to generate splashes of blood or body fluids requiring universal precautions. Section 8: Recombinant DNA The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has published guidelines which specify practices for constructing and handling recombinant DNA molecules, organisms, and viruses containing recombinant DNA molecules. Refer to the NIH OBA website, for additional information. Projects proposing recombinant DNA methodologies must be registered with the Institutional Biosafety Committee. The committee reviews recombinant DNA projects, which are subject to the NIH Guidelines. Users must complete the Registration Document for Recombinant DNA Research for IBC review. This document is available online at See Appendix W for a list of exempt agents and Appendix X for the NIH risk groups. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 83

84 Section 9: Environmental Samples Environmental samples, such as water, air, or earth, may contain pathogens (i.e., bacteria, viruses, spores) that could present a health hazard to people, animals, or the environment. Using appropriate personal protective equipment when collecting environmental samples will reduce exposure to potential pathogens. Use care when handling environmental samples, especially if the sample will be enhanced in the laboratory by culturing or other growing mechanisms. Techniques used to enhance and/or culture environmental samples should be conducted at BSL-2 or higher levels in an appropriate containment device, such as a biological safety cabinet or fume hood. If the environmental sample is sterilized prior to experimentation, then the sample may be manipulated in a BSL-1 rated laboratory. Research involving environmental samples must be registered with the UNH Institutional Biosafety Committee (IBC) for approval. The infectious agent registration form can be found at If you require assistance determining whether you need to register this research with the IBC, please contact the Biological Safety Officer. Section 10: Importation and Interstate Shipment of Pathogens Etiologic agents of human diseases, vectors, and diagnostic specimens must be packaged, labeled, and shipped in accordance with regulations from the Centers of Disease Control and Prevention, Department of Transportation, U.S. Postal Service and other agencies. In addition, importation of etiologic agents and vectors of human disease are subject to Public Health Service foreign quarantine regulations and permits are required by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). The U.S. Department of Agriculture ( regulates the importation and interstate shipment of animal and plant pathogens and permits may be required for interstate movement of certain animal or plant pathogens. For more information, please go to Packaging and Transport of Biological Materials Secondary containers such as sealable plastic containers are required when biological materials are carried to another laboratory or building. Biological materials that are sent off campus by mail or common carrier must be securely packaged to prevent accidental leakage or breakage. Primary containers must be sealed tightly, surrounded by absorbent packing material to retain leakage and placed in secondary containers. Secondary containers must be sealable and break-resistant. A shipping container with the address label should surround the secondary container. Both primary and secondary containers should be labeled with the type of material being shipped and the names, addresses and telephone numbers of both shippers and receivers. Additional labeling may be required. For more information, review the UNH Shipment of Biological Materials Manual at UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 84

85 Section 11: Biosafety Practices and Safety Equipment A. Biohazard Laboratory Inspections In addition to routine laboratory inspections, OEHS conducts a biohazard evaluation of all laboratories in which biohazards have been identified, to insure that appropriate facilities and procedures are being used. Microbiological techniques, treatment, and disposal of biohazardous waste, safety equipment and facilities and proper training of laboratory personnel are evaluated. For a blank biological safety inspection form, please see Appendix D. B. Biohazard Signs and Labels The universal biological warning symbol must be affixed to the doors of all biosafety level 2 or 3 laboratories. In addition, equipment used to store biohazardous materials (e.g., incubators, refrigerators, freezers) and receptacles for storage of biohazardous waste must be labeled. Signs and labels are available from OEHS. C. Biological Safety Cabinets and Horizontal Laminar Flow Hoods Section 12: Biological Spills See Chapter 4 in this manual for information about biological safety cabinets and laminar flow hoods. The proper procedures to deal with biological spills vary depending on the agent, quantity and location of the event. However, in order to quickly clean-up a biological spill, your laboratory should keep a spill kit handy. A spill kit should include: Concentrated disinfectant (chlorine bleach or Lysol ). Packages of paper towels. Forceps to pick up broken glass. Household rubber gloves. Utility gloves. Several biohazard bags. Biosafety Levels 1, 2 and 3 (BSL-1, BSL-2, BSL-3) require different approaches in how to deal with the spill. Follow the procedures in this section in the event of a biological spill. A. Spill in a Biological Safety Cabinet 1. LEAVE THE CABINET TURNED ON. 2. While wearing gloves, spray or wipe cabinet walls, work surfaces and equipment with disinfectant. If necessary, flood the work surface, as well as drain pans and catch basins below the work surface, with a disinfectant for at least 20 minutes contact time. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 85

86 3. Soak up the disinfectant and spill with paper towels. Drain the catch basin into a container. Lift front exhaust grill and tray and wipe all surfaces. Ensure that no paper towels or solid debris are blown into the area beneath the grill. Autoclave all clean-up materials and protective clothing. Wash hands and exposed skin areas with disinfectant. 4. The Biological Safety Officer (LSO) should be notified at if the spill overflows into the interior of the cabinet. It may be necessary to do a more extensive cabinet decontamination. B. Small spill of BSL-1 or BSL-2 material outside of a safety cabinet (<500 ml spill and able to be covered by a few paper towels) 1. Don personal protective equipment. At a minimum, wear eye protection, protective gloves, and a laboratory coat. 2. Cover the spill with paper towels. 3. Pour an appropriate disinfectant (e.g., 1:10 solution of bleach and water) over the spill area. 4. Allow sufficient contact time with disinfectant (usually >20 minutes). 5. Pick up towels and discard into biohazard waste container. 6. Pick up broken glass with forceps and place in Sharps container. 7. Re-wipe the spill area with disinfectant and wash your hands with soap or hand washing disinfectant. C. Large spill of BSL-1 material outside of a safety cabinet (>500 ml) GET HELP! (Call ) Notify your supervisor. The methods are the same as for small BSL-1 skills, only on a larger scale D. Small Blood Spills 1. Don personal protective equipment. At a minimum, wear eye protection, protective gloves, and a laboratory coat. 2. Cover the spill with paper towels. 3. Pour an appropriate disinfectant (e.g., 1:10 solution of bleach and water) over the spill area. 4. Allow sufficient contact time with disinfectant (usually >20 minutes). 5. Absorb and remove the spilled material with paper towels or other acceptable materials. 6. Spray the cleaned area with a 1:10 bleach solution and allow to air dry. 7. Discard all contaminated materials (including disposable personal protective equipment) into a biohazard waste container. 8. Be careful not to contaminate the outside of the bag. Note: Biohazardous waste must not be discarded through the regular trash service. It must be decontaminated with steam sterilization (i.e., autoclave) or disposed through a biohazardous waste disposal contractor. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 86

87 9. Wash your hands with soap or hand washing disinfectant. 10. Inspect the blood spill area closely, making sure that there is nothing missed and that the clean-up process is complete. E. Large spill of BSL-2 material outside of a safety cabinet (>500 ml) 1. GET HELP! (Call ) 2. Keep people out of the area to prevent spread of the contamination. Post sign. 3. Remove any contaminated clothing and put it into a biohazard bag for decontamination later. 4. Wash hands and exposed skin and inform your supervisor about the spill. 5. Put on protective clothing (lab coat, gloves and, if indicated, face protection and shoe covers) and assemble clean-up materials (disinfectant, autoclavable container or bag, forceps and paper towels). 6. Pick up any broken glass with forceps and dispose of it in Sharps container. 7. Ring the spill with disinfectant and mix it into the spill. Take care not to over-dilute the disinfectant. 8. After at least 20 minutes contact time, clean-up liquids and re-wipe the spill area with disinfectant. 9. Collect all contaminated materials for decontamination and wash your hands with soap or hand washing disinfectant. F. Any BSL-3 Spill outside of a safety cabinet GET IMMEDIATE HELP! Call and notify your supervisor. A BSL-3 spill outside a biosafety cabinet is a very serious event. As many BSL-3 agents are respiratory pathogens everyone in the room is at risk of becoming infected. It is very important that everyone leaves the room and no cleanup is attempted without specialized equipment. If there is a BSL-3 spill outside a biosafety cabinet: 1. Immediately alert all persons nearby. 2. Leave the biosafety cabinet on. 3. Avoid breathing vapors of the spilled material. 4. Evacuate the area and close the door to the laboratory facility. Put a DO NOT ENTER sign on the door. 5. Call the BSL-3 Facility Director or Laboratory Safety Officer ( ) for assistance. Be prepared to provide the identity, amount and location of the spill, as well as your location, names of those at the scene and a phone number where you can be reached (not your lab phone, since you should not remain in the lab after the spill). UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 87

88 G. Spill of Biological Radioactive Material GET IMMEDIATE HELP! Call and notify your supervisor. A biohazardous spill involving radioactive material requires emergency procedures that are different from the procedures used for either material alone. Use procedures that protect you from the radionuclide as you disinfect the biohazardous material. Before any clean-up, consider the type of radionuclide, the characteristics of the microorganism and the volume of the spill. Contact the RSO at for the isotope clean-up procedures. First Steps 1. Avoid inhaling airborne material and quickly leave the room. 2. Notify others to leave. 3. Close door and post with warning sign. 4. Remove contaminated clothing, turn exposed area inward and place in a biohazard bag. 5. Wash all exposed skin with disinfectant, followed by a three-minute water rinse. 6. Inform your supervisor and the RSO ( ) of the spill and monitor all exposed personnel for radiation. If assistance is needed in handling the microorganism, contact the LSO ( ). 7. Allow aerosols to disperse for at least 30 minutes before reentering the laboratory. Assemble clean-up materials (e.g., disinfectant, autoclavable containers, forceps, towels and sponges). 8. Confirm with the RSO if it is safe to enter the lab. If a high dose is expected, the dose rate must be determined by the Radiation Safety Officer prior to clean-up. If not, disinfect the biohazard first and then complete a dose assessment of the spilled material. Contact the RSO at for assistance. 1. Put on protective clothing (gown, surgical mask, gloves and shoe covers). Depending on the nature of the spill, it may be advisable to wear a HEPA filtered respirator instead of a surgical mask. 2. Cover the area with disinfectant-soaked towels and carefully pour disinfectant around the spill. Avoid enlarging the contaminated area. Use additional concentrated disinfectant as it becomes diluted by the spill. Allow at least 20 minutes contact time. Do not use chlorine bleach solutions on UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 88

89 iodinated materials: radioiodine gas may be released. Instead, use an alternative disinfectant such as an iodophoric or a phenolic compound. 3. Handle any sharp objects with forceps. 4. Do not autoclave contaminated waste unless approved by the RSO ( ). 5. Wipe surrounding areas, where the spill may have splashed, with disinfectant. 6. Soak up the disinfectant and spill and place the decontamination materials, along with protective clothing, into an approved radiation waste container and label it according to Radiation Safety Guidelines. 7. Wash hands and exposed skin areas with disinfectant and monitor personnel and spill area for residual radioactive contamination. If skin contamination is detected, repeat decontamination procedures under the direction of the RSO. If spill area has residual activity, determine if it is fixed or removable and handle it accordingly. 8. Contaminated protective clothing must be disinfected prior to disposal as radioactive waste. Contact the RSO at for instructions. 9. If any items are found to be radioactive, spray with disinfectant and allow at least a 20 minute contact time. 10. Wrap the item(s) inside the adsorbent paper and dispose of as radioactive waste. The waste involved in this type of clean-up is called mixed-waste because it contains biological infectious agents and radioactive material. Therefore, it must be labeled with a radioactive material tag and the biohazard symbol. Section 13: Flow Cytometry for Live and Fixed Cells Flow cytometry is a method of quantifying structural or biochemical features of cells or other small particles by using a laser as an excitation light source and photodetectors for measurement. This is generally accomplished by either light scatter and/or fluorescence. Flow cytometry may further be defined as a technology to measure properties of particles as they move or flow, in liquid suspension. In some flow (or sorting) cytometers, the liquid containing the particles is broken into droplets by the reciprocating motion of a nozzle. Individual particles are captured in small droplets and then those droplets are electrostatically charged and deflected through a high potential. If a plug or other obstruction (bubbles, clumps of cells, etc.) occurs, then this stream of droplets can go awry, generating aerosols. There is a potential for aerosol exposure to individuals near a flow cytometer because modern sorting units operate with 14 to 40 pounds per square inch of pressure (some units can operate at 100 psi). Even non-sorting flow cytometers, which do not suspend cells in droplets, operate under pressures near 5 psi and can develop leaks and generate aerosols. The following requirements must be followed when using a flow cytometer at UNH due to the potential for aerosol exposure to individuals: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 89

90 1. Flow cytometry must be conducted in a negative pressure laboratory. 2. Flow cytometry may only be performed by individuals trained in the proper use of the unit. 3. Proper personal protective equipment should be worn when using a flow cytometer. This may include gloves, lab coats and safety glasses. 4. The flow cytometer and lab bench must be cleaned and properly disinfected after each use. 5. The catch basin should have an adequate disinfectant (i.e., bleach) added when the unit is in use. 6. When possible, biological samples should be fixed (usually with 1% formaldehyde) before being run through the flow cytometer. 7. For infectious, pathogenic and/or toxic materials, flow cytometry must be conducted in a certified chemical fume hood, certified biological safety cabinet or other negative exhaust ventilation system. Section 14: Ethidium Bromide Handling and Disposal Ethidium bromide, or EtBr, is commonly used as a non-radioactive marker for identifying and visualizing nucleic acid bands in electrophoresis and in other methods of gel-based nucleic acid separation. EtBr is a dark red, crystalline, non-volatile solid, moderately soluble in water, which fluoresces readily with a reddish-brown color when exposed to ultraviolet light (UV). Its formula is 2,7-Diamino-10-ethyl-9-phenylphenanthridium bromide, CAS# Although it is an effective tool, its hazardous properties require special safe handling and disposal procedures. A. Handling EtBr is a potent mutagen and is moderately toxic after an acute exposure. EtBr can be absorbed through skin, so it is important to avoid any direct contact with the chemical. EtBr is also an irritant to the skin, eyes, mouth and upper respiratory tract. It should be stored away from strong oxidizing agents in a cool, dry place and the container must be kept undamaged and tightly closed. Individuals using EtBr should follow these safety procedures: EtBr users should receive documented safety training on its hazards. EtBr must appear on the laboratory s chemical inventory, with accurate estimates of on-hand quantities. Pure EtBr should only be handled in a fume hood, with the user wearing protective equipment that includes a lab coat, closed-toe shoes, chemically resistant gloves and chemical safety goggles (not just safety glasses). B. Disposal EtBr wastes are not regulated by the State of New Hampshire or the U.S. EPA. The wastes are prudently managed by laboratory staff and OEHS to minimize human and environmental exposure. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 90

91 Please follow the instructions listed in the following table when handling EtBr. Ethidium Bromide Waste Disposal Procedures WASTE STREAM Aqueous solutions Stock Solutions Gels Contaminated Debris Crystals and Powders DESCRIPTION Typically contains very small concentrations of ethidium bromide. Normally <0.5 mg/l. Typically contains higher concentrations of ethidium bromide. Approximately 10 mg/ml. Typically contains 3-5 mg/l of ethidium bromide. Material contaminated with ethidium bromide (e.g., waste from spills, filters, gloves, etc.) Concentrated or pure ethidium bromide. WASTE DISPOSAL PROCEDURE Dispose as hazardous waste. If filtration systems are used, the spent filter must be disposed as hazardous waste. Dispose as hazardous waste in original container. Small quantity: Dispose in a biohazard bag and place in a Stericycle biohazard box. Large quantity: Collect in 5-gallon plastic pails (provided by OEHS). Dispose in a biohazard bag and place in a Stericycle biohazard box. Dispose in a biohazard bag and place in a Stericycle biohazard box. Note: When handling EtBr, always wear a laboratory coat, nitrile gloves and chemical splash goggles. When working with an ultraviolet (UV) light source, be sure to wear proper skin and eye protection. Avoid exposing unprotected skin and eyes to intense UV sources. Wear a face shield if UV source is pointing upwards. When working with a UV source for a long period of time, wrap up lab coat sleeves with tape or other means where the wrist could be exposed. Studies have shown that treatment with hypochlorite solutions does little to diminish the mutagenic properties of ethidium bromide. Contact the Hazardous Waste Coordinator for additional information at Section 15: Autoclave Use, Maintenance, and Testing To insure sterility of materials and adequate decontamination of wastes, it is important for each department to maintain autoclaves and to train personnel in their proper use. All autoclaves on campus should be checked monthly with chemical strips or by spore testing to make sure they are operating properly and the procedures are adequate for the decontamination of biohazardous waste (see Appendix G). A record of decontamination should be kept. In addition, the New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services (NHDES) requires at least quarterly spore testing of all autoclaves used to treat infectious waste and a record of spore testing must be kept. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 91

92 Consider the following general guidelines when using an autoclave: 1. Never autoclave flammable, reactive, corrosive, toxic, or radioactive materials. 2. Always wear safety glasses, goggles or face shield, lab coat or apron, and heatprotective non-asbestos gloves when opening door or removing item(s) from autoclave. 3. Open the door slowly. Beware of a rush of steam. 4. Open door only after chamber pressure returns to zero. Leave door open for several minutes to allow pressure to equalize and for materials to cool. 5. Do not mix loads which require different exposure times and exhaust. 6. Materials that will melt (e.g., plastic lab wear) and block chamber exhaust drain should be placed in a shallow stainless steel autoclave pan. Materials contaminated with infectious materials must be collected in the appropriate containers and sterilized or disinfected before disposal. Whenever possible, biohazardous waste should be decontaminated by autoclaving, chemical disinfection, or incineration (see Appendices I M). Specific requirements for handling, sterilizing, and disposing infectious waste must be followed. Section 16: Biohazardous Waste Disposal Practices This section describes the safe and appropriate handling and disposal of biohazardous waste. Typically, biohazardous waste includes: Animals and animal blood, body fluids, tissues, and organs; Genetically-modified materials; Human blood, body fluids, tissues and organs; Infectious microbiological materials; Pathogenic specimens; Recombinant DNA molecules; and Sharps. In New Hampshire, almost all biohazardous waste can be autoclaved and disposed as Treated Infectious Waste. However, UNH currently prohibits medical sharps (e.g., needles, syringes) and research animal carcasses from being treated and entering the Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) stream. These items must be removed by an outside contractor according to their specifications. Biohazardous waste generated during experiments should be placed in covered and labeled containers. Place all needles, syringes, and other sharps in puncture proof containers. Sharps containers must be rigid, impervious, and puncture-resistant, and labeled with the Universal Biohazard Symbol. These sharps containers are available in many departments (see Chapter 2 Laboratory Equipment or Appendix F). During collection, storage, and transportation, all waste must be managed in a manner such that the integrity of the packaging is preserved and that rapid microbial growth and putrefaction is inhibited. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 92

93 The separation and labeling of biohazardous waste must be done at the point of generation. Use the Infectious Waste Disposal Flowchart on the next page to help determine the proper disposal method. A. Treated Infectious Waste The following biohazardous wastes may be treated in an autoclave which has been validated by spore testing, at least quarterly, according to State of New Hampshire regulations, ENV-SW and disposed as Treated Infectious Waste in the Municipal Solid Waste stream: Blood, biological waste, and discarded materials contaminated with excretion, exudates, or secretion from humans or animals; Cultures and stocks of infectious agents; Dialysis wastes in contact with blood; Discarded equipment and parts in contact with infectious agents; Human blood waste and human blood products; Laboratory wastes from medical, pathological, or pharmaceutical laboratories that were exposed to infectious agents; Non-research animal tissues/carcasses weighing less than five pounds; Pathological wastes, including tissues, organs, and body parts; and Preparations made from genetically altered living organisms and their products. Treated infectious waste must be transported by an approved carrier and safely disposed in a landfill permitted to receive such wastes. Treated infectious waste must not be disposed in a red bag or labeled with the universal biohazard symbol. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 93

94 Infectious Waste Disposal Flowchart Does the waste contain any radioactive materials (e.g., 14 C, 51 C, 125 I, 32 P, 33 P, 35 S, 3 H)? YES Disp o se as RADIOACTIVE w aste. Co ntac t th e Rad iatio n Safe ty Offic e r fo r m o re in fo rm atio n. NO Does the waste contain any hazardous chemicals (e.g., formaldehyde, ethidium bromide, polyacrylamide) or items with hazardous characteristics (e.g. ignitable, corrosive, reactive, or toxic)? NO Does the waste contain medical sharps (e.g., hypodermic needles, syringe with needle, Pasteur pipettes, scalpel blades)? NO Does the waste contain non-medical sharps that have been in contact with infectious material (e.g., plastic pipette tips contaminated with human blood)? NO Does the waste contain non-contaminated, nonmedical sharps (e.g., plastic pipette tips, microscope slides, cover slips, applicator sticks)? NO Does the waste contain infectious human material (e.g., human blood, human blood products, human tissues, human cell lines)? NO Does the waste contain small animal carcasses (<5 lbs*), tissues or organs that have been contaminated with infectious organisms, used in the production of biologicals, or used in the testing of pharmaceuticals? (*Call the Animal Resources Office with questions about how to dispose of large animal carcasses.) NO Does the waste contain cultures of infectious organisms, genetically altered living organisms, live or attenuated vaccines, or recombinant DNA organisms? NO Does the waste contain infectious or potentially infectious organisms, devices contaminated with infectious organisms, or equipment contaminated with infectious organisms? YES YES YES YES Disp o se as CHEMICAL w aste. Co ntac t th e Hazard o us Waste Co o rd inato r fo r m o re in fo rm atio n. Fo llo w th e se p ro c e d ure s fo r th e p ro p e r d isp o sal o f m e d ic al/infe c tio us sharp s: 1. Waste must be collected in a puncture-resistant sharps container labeled with the universal biohazard symbol. 2. When 3/4 full, place the sharps container into a red or other color-coded biohazard bag. 3. Dispose the biohazard bags into a biological burn box that has been lined with a second biohazard bag. Fo llo w th e se p ro c e d ure s fo r th e p ro p e r d isp o sal o f no n-m e d ic al sharp s: 1. Collect non-medical sharps in a punctureresistant container (e.g. coffee can). 2. Close and seal the container when it is 3/4 full. 3. Label the container, "Sharp Objects Inside - Use Caution When Handling." 4. Dispose of container in the trash. Fo llo w th e se p ro c e d ure s fo r th e p ro p e r tre atm e nt and d isp o sal o f infe c tio us w aste : 1. Collect the infectious waste in a clear, unlabeled, high strength polymer autoclave bag (imprinted with a process indicator if possible). 2. Remove all biohazard labels. Ensure that words like pathogenic, infectious or biohazardous have been removed from all materials and equipment. 3. Autoclave the waste in a spore-tested autoclave at the approved temperature for the appropriate time. 4. Allow the waste to cool. 5. Place the autoclave bag into a black polypropylene trash bag. Ensure that the contents do not puncture the trash bags. 6. Put the bag into a second black polypropylene trash bag. 7. Place the bags in an approved location (e.g., locked dumpster). 8. Contact the hazardous waste coordinator for more information. NO Trash d isp o sal is p e rm itte d! UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 94

95 B. Liquid Infectious Waste Liquid infectious waste may be autoclaved or chemically disinfected and then disposed via the sewer system. Please do not pour melted agar into sink or floor drains. Allow it to cool and solidify for disposal as a solid waste. C. Solid Infectious Waste Follow these disposal procedures for solid infectious waste: 1. Collect the infectious waste in clear, unlabeled, high strength polymer autoclave bags (imprinted with process indicator if possible) in an approved location. 2. Remove all biohazard labels. Ensure that words like pathogenic, infectious or biohazardous have been removed from all autoclaved materials. 3. Autoclave and cool the waste. 4. Place the autoclave bag into a black polypropylene trash bag. 5. Put the bags into a second black polypropylene trash bag and ensure that that total weight of the bag does not exceed 20 pounds. 6. Ensure that the contents cannot puncture the black polypropylene trash bags. 7. Place the bags in an approved location/dumpster. Contact your hazardous waste coordinator for more information. D. Labeling Treated Infectious Waste No specific labeling is required for treated infectious waste. Make sure there are no biohazard stickers on the treated infectious waste and associated bags. Wording such as infectious, pathogenic, biohazardous, etc. must be removed prior to placing the black garbage bags into an approved dumpster. E. Red Bag Waste Red bags, and the Universal Biohazard Symbol, are used to warn personnel that the contents are potentially infectious or pathogenic. Red bags are used for waste that has not been treated to make it non-infectious. A third-party contractor has been hired to remove all red bag waste. Only use red bags for biohazardous waste that has not been treated. Trash and other non-infectious waste must not be placed into red bags; this is an expensive and harmful practice. Red bags must be completely segregated from other waste streams. Red bag waste includes all infectious and pathogenic waste that is not treated. It typically includes all sharps, research animals, and animal tissues and carcasses weighing more than 5 pounds. Please contact the Office of Environmental Health and Safety with questions regarding red bag waste. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 95

96 F. Animal Waste Animal waste shall be considered infectious if it is derived from animals infected with zoonotic diseases (i.e., transmissible from animals to human) or purposely infected with agents infectious to humans. Carcasses, body parts, tissue, body fluids, excreta and bedding should be considered infectious. Infected animal carcasses or tissue that is also contaminated with hazardous chemicals or radioactive materials is a type of mixed waste. This type of waste poses special safety and regulatory problems and should not be generated if at all possible. The Office of Environmental Health and Safety must be consulted before generating this type of waste. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 96

97 Chapter 11 Radiation Safety Section 1: Radiation Safety Program UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 97

98 Section 1: Radiation Safety Program OEHS has a Radiation Protection Program, available on the OEHS website at which operates under the authority of the Radiation Safety Committee. This program assures compliance with the State of New Hampshire s agreement with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and State license (190R) to use radioactive materials. OEHS provides a range of radiation protection services, including training of laboratory personnel, inventory of all radioisotopes used on campus, receipt, and delivery of all radioactive material and waste pickup and disposal. For more information, please contact the Radiation Safety Officer at UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 98

99 Chapter 12 Laser Safety Section 1: Section 2: Section 3: Introduction Responsibilities Safety Fundamentals Classification Laser Registration Laser Hazards Section 4: Section 5: Section 6: Section 7: Section 8: Section 9: Engineering Controls Administrative Controls Personal Protective Equipment Laser Registration Form Laser Relocation Form Laser Exposure Incident Report Form Section 10: Laser Door Signs Section 11: Glossary of Terms UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 99

100 Section 1: Introduction This document presents guidelines to protect University of New Hampshire (UNH) faculty, staff, students, and visitors from the hazards associated with lasers and laser system operations. The intent of this manual is to ensure the safe use of lasers through engineering and administrative controls. This objective shall be accomplished by identifying potential hazards, providing recommendations for hazard control, and training laser operators and incidental personnel. The recommendations and requirements detailed in this program are applicable to all lasers used in research and instructional laboratories operated by the University of New Hampshire. This document provides guidance for compliance with applicable State and Federal regulations along with the American National Standard for the Safe Use of Lasers, ANSI Z and is recognized as a minimum standard for laser safety. Section 2: Responsibilities Laser Safety Officer (LSO) 1. Conduct periodic laboratory/facility inspections to ensure that safety requirements are being met. 2. Provide assistance in evaluating and controlling beam and non-beam hazards. 3. Recommend laser safety controls including administrative, engineering, and personal protective equipment. 4. Maintain records of laser locations and owners. 5. Conduct and/or coordinate laser safety training for laser operators and other incidental personnel. 6. Investigate accidents involving lasers. 7. Update the Laser Safety Program as needed. Principal Investigator 1. Register all lasers with LSO by completing a Laser Registration Form (see Section 7) for each laser within the laboratory. 2. Provide immediate supervision of laser use. 3. Maintain an up-to-date list of all laser operators in the laboratory. 4. Provide, implement, and enforce the safety recommendations and requirements described in this program. 5. Maintain a written standard operating procedure for laser use. 6. Provide training in the administrative, alignment, and standard operating procedures for laser users. 7. Attend laser safety training provided or coordinated by the LSO. 8. Notify LSO immediately in the event of an exposure to a Class IIIb or IV laser. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 100

101 Laser Operator Responsibilities 1. Follow laboratory administrative, alignment, and standard operating procedures. 2. Keep the Principal Investigator fully informed of any departure from established safety procedures including all exposure incidents. 3. Attend the laser safety training program provided or coordinated through LSO. Ancillary Personnel Responsibilities 1. Recognize and adhere to the laboratory signage and written safety protocols. 2. Attend laser safety awareness training for incidental personnel. 3. Do not enter areas that contain unfamiliar equipment. Section 3: Laser Safety Fundamentals A. Laser Classification Lasers are divided into a number of classes depending upon the power or energy of the beam and the wavelength of the emitted radiation. Laser classification is based on the laser s potential for causing immediate injury to the eye or skin and/or potential for causing fires from direct or indirect exposure. Commercially produced lasers have been classified and identified by labels affixed to the laser since August 1, In cases where the laser has been fabricated on campus or is otherwise not labeled, the LSO will assist with properly classifying and labeling the laser. Lasers are classified using physical parameters of the laser including power, wavelength, and exposure duration. 1. Class I Lasers Not capable of producing damaging radiation levels during operation or maintenance. Class I lasers are sealed in an enclosure that prohibits or limits access to the laser radiation (e.g., a laser printer). Exempt from control measures. 2. Class II Lasers All Class II lasers operate within the visible region of the spectrum ( nm). Output is not intended to be viewed (e.g., a grocery scanner). Eye protection is normally afforded by the aversion response (i.e., blink reflex) to bright light. Upper power limit for Class II continuous wave (CW) lasers is 1 mw. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 101

102 3. Class IIIa Lasers Power output is up to 5 times greater than Class II (5mW). Laser or laser systems that would not normally produce a hazard if viewed for only a moment with the unaided eye (e.g., a laser pointing device). Beams may present a hazard if viewed through collecting optics. Class IIIa lasers should have a Caution sign posted on the outside of the door. 4. Class IIIb Lasers Maximum power output is less than 500 mw. CW lasers operate between the upper Class IIIa limits (5mW) and the maximum power for Class IIIb lasers (500 mw). Diffuse reflections are usually not hazardous. However, lasers or laser systems may produce a hazard if viewed directly through intrabeam viewing or specular reflections. Class IIIb lasers shall have a Danger sign posted on the outside of the door. 5. Class IV Lasers Power exceeds Class IIIb limits of 500mW. High-powered lasers and laser systems capable of causing severe eye damage with short duration exposures (<0.25 seconds) to the direct, specularly, or diffusely reflected beam. Capable of causing severe skin damage. Can ignite flammable and combustible materials. May produce laser generated air contaminants or hazardous plasma radiation. Class IV lasers shall have a Danger sign posted on the outside of the door. B. Laser Registration The Principal Investigator is responsible for all safety precautions pertaining to the laser systems described in this manual. A Laser Registration Form (see Section 7) should be filled out for each Class IIIa laser and/or laser system and must be filled out and returned to the LSO for each Class IIIb, and Class IV laser and/or laser system used at UNH. Any changes in the use of the laser, laser location, and/or transfer of a laser require LSO notification. The Laser Relocation Form (see Section 8) must be filled out and faxed to the LSO ( ) prior to moving a laser or laser system. If you have any questions about completing the laser registration form or relocation form, please contact the OEHS at or send an to [email protected]. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 102

103 C. Laser Hazards 1. Beam Hazards The Eye The eye is extremely vulnerable to injury if exposed to laser beams. The type of injury depends upon the intensity of light, its wavelength, and the tissue being exposed. Damage results from either temperature or photochemical effects. Acute exposure may result in corneal or retinal burns. Cataract formation or damage to the retina may result from chronic exposure to laser light. Retinal damage is of particular concern from exposure to wavelengths in the visible and near infrared region. Most sources of incoherent light can be viewed safely because the light reaching the eye is only a small portion of the total output and the energy is spread over the entire retina. Laser radiation, however, is composed of coherent light. The beam can pass through the pupil and focus on a very small spot on the retina, depositing all its energy on this area. Only visible and near infrared radiation is focused on the retina. Damage to the retina may result in limited or total blindness if the optic nerve is injured. Injury may be irreversible and there may be no pain or discomfort from the exposure. The Skin Skin damage is also possible from exposure to laser beams. Acute exposure may cause injuries ranging from mild reddening to blistering and charring. Skin cancers may result from chronic exposure to ultraviolet light. The extent and type of damage depends on the amount of energy deposited and the wavelength of the light. Unlike injury to the eye, acute damage to the skin is usually repairable. Biological Effects of Lasers Spectral Wavelength Eye Damage Skin Damage Ultraviolet C (200nm 280nm) Photokeratitis Erythema, skin cancer, accelerated skin aging Ultraviolet B (280nm 315nm) Photokeratitis Increased pigmentation Ultraviolet A (315nm 400nm) Photochemical cataract Pigment darkening, skin burn Visible (400nm 780nm) Photochemical and thermal retinal injury Infrared A (780nm 1400nm) Cataract and retinal burn Skin burn Infrared B (1.4µm 3.0µm) Corneal burn, aqueous flare, cataract Skin burn Infrared C (3.0µm 1000µm) Corneal burn Skin burn Pigment darkening, photosensitive reactions, skin burn UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 103

104 There are a variety of types of beam exposures that are not limited to intrabeam viewing. For high-powered lasers, the specular or diffuse reflection may be equally as damaging. Intrabeam exposure: The skin or eye is exposed directly to all or part of the laser beam resulting in a full exposure to the irradiance of the beam. Specular reflection: The reflection from a smooth or mirrored surface. Items such as jewelry or cover glass of wristwatches produce specular reflections. These items should be removed prior to operating a laser. Exposure to specular reflections can be as equally dangerous as an intrabeam viewing. Diffuse reflection: Reflection of a non-uniform or rough surface. Diffuse reflection scatters the beam and does not carry the full power of an intrabeam. However, diffuse reflections from Class IV lasers can contain enough power to initiate a fire. 2. Non-Beam Hazards In addition to the beam hazards of a laser, other hazards may be associated with its operation. These non-beam hazards include electrical shock, explosions, flammable liquids, compressed gases, noise, UV radiation, dyes, solutions, and laser generated air contaminants. Safety considerations that may go into the assessment and evaluation of laser hazards include electrical, skin exposure, chemical and associated gas hazards. Some other special considerations include whether the laser is enclosed in an engineered system of protection, the beam is invisible, whether maintenance, repair, and/or modifications will be necessary on a routine basis, and whether there is a potential for explosion, fire, or hazardous fumes. Electrical Electrical hazards pose the most significant risk among the non-beam hazards. Several accidents within the U.S. have resulted in electrocution. To reduce electrical hazards, high voltage sources and terminals must be enclosed unless the work area is restricted to qualified persons only. Whenever feasible, power must be turned off and all high-voltage points grounded before working on power supplies. Capacitors must be equipped with bleeder resistors, discharge devices, or automatic shorting devices. Other general electrical guidelines include: Never wear jewelry when operating a laser. Metal jewelry can be conductive. Jewelry in general can create a specular reflection hazard. This includes wristwatches. Use the one hand rule when working on circuits. Avoid standing in water and assume that all floors are conductive when working with high voltage. Use rubber gloves and insulating floor mats when available. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 104

105 Do not work alone. Maintain access to main power shutoff. It is good practice to have at least one person in the work area that is trained and certified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in the event that this form of first aid is needed. Explosions Lasers and ancillary equipment may present explosion hazards. High pressure arc lamps and filament lamps used to excite the lasing medium must be enclosed in housings that can withstand an explosion if the lamp disintegrates. In addition, the laser target and elements of the optical train may shatter during laser operation and should be enclosed in a suitable protective housing. Capacitors may explode if subjected to voltages higher than their rating and must be adequately shielded; it is recommended that capacitors be equipped with current-limiting devices. High-energy capacitors should be enclosed in oneeighth inch thick steel cabinets. Flammables A Class IV laser beam may ignite flammable solvents, gases, and combustible materials. A non-combustible material, such as a brick, should be used to terminate laser beams. Combustible solvents or materials should be stored in proper containers and shielded from the laser beam or electrical sparks. Lasers and laser facilities should be constructed and operated to eliminate or reduce any fire hazard. Unnecessary combustible materials should be removed in order to minimize fire hazards. Laser laboratories should contain an appropriate fire extinguisher. Compressed Gases Many hazardous gases are used in lasers including chlorine, fluorine, hydrogen chloride, and hydrogen fluoride. A standard operating procedure should be developed for the safe handling of compressed gases. Some safety issues to consider are: Cylinders cannot be free standing. They must be attached to a cart or secured by a chain or strap. Gases of different categories (toxics, corrosives, flammables, oxidizers) must be stored separately. Noise Noise levels in laser laboratories can exceed safe limits because of high voltage capacitor discharges. Hearing protection may be required. The LSO will provide a noise survey to determine whether noise levels exceed safe limits. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 105

106 UV Radiation Laser discharge tubes and pumping tubes may emit hazardous levels of ultraviolet radiation called collateral UV and should be suitably shielded. UV radiation can cause photodermatitis as a result of exposure to some industrial chemicals or medications. Laser Dyes and Solutions Section 4: Engineering Controls Laser dyes are complex fluorescent organic compounds, which, in solution with certain solvents, form a lasing medium for dye lasers. Certain dyes are highly toxic or carcinogenic. These dyes are frequently changed and special care must be taken when handling, preparing solutions, and operating dye lasers. A Material Safety Data Sheet for dye compounds shall be made available to all appropriate workers. Laser Generated Air Contaminants (LGAC) Air contaminants may be generated when certain Class IIIb and Class IV laser beams interact with matter. The quantity, composition, and chemical complexity of the LGAC depend greatly upon the target material, cover gas, and beam irradiance. The LSO will ensure that the industrial hygiene aspects of exposure to LGAC are addressed and that the appropriate control measures are used. Engineering controls are the primary means of minimizing the possibility of accidental exposures to laser hazards. If engineering controls are impractical or inadequate, then safety should be supported through the use of administrative procedures and personal protective equipment. Engineering controls that may prove useful and effective in improving the safety of a laser or laser system are listed below. A. Protective Housing and Interlocks A protective housing is a physical barrier sufficient to contain the beam and laser radiation from exiting the laser system so that the maximum permissible exposure (MPE) is not exceeded on the outside surface. Protective housings must be interlocked so that the laser cannot operate when the housing is opened or removed. When the requirements of a protective housing are fulfilled, the laser system is considered a Class I laser and no further control measures are required. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 106

107 B. Laser Use Without Protective Housing In the research environment, lasers are often used without a protective housing in place. The use of optical tables and optical devices are typically employed in order to manipulate the laser beam. The LSO will evaluate the hazards and recommend control measures to ensure safe operation in this environment. These control measures may include but are not limited to the following: Access restriction. Area controls. Barriers, curtains, and beam stops. Procedural controls. Eye protection. Training. C. Access Restriction For Class IIIb and Class IV laser laboratories, access controls are required to prevent unauthorized personnel from entering the area when the laser is in use. Doors must be kept closed when the laser is in operation. Secondary doors that can allow access to a laser in operation must be either locked or posted similarly to the primary entrance. D. Area Control Class IIIb and Class IV laser area control measures are used to minimize laser radiation hazards. The area must be posted with the appropriate signage and include a lighted sign at the doorway indicating the on status of a laser system. Only authorized personnel who have been appropriately trained will be allowed to operate the laser. Control of the laser beam path shall be accomplished in the following manner: Totally Unenclosed Beam Path Where the entire beam path is unenclosed, a laser hazard analysis shall be performed by the LSO to establish the nominal hazard zone (NHZ) if not furnished by the manufacturer or available as part of the classification. Limited Open Beam Path Where the beam path is confined to significantly limit the degree of accessibility of the open beam, a hazard analysis shall be performed by the LSO to establish the NHZ. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 107

108 Enclosed Beam Path When the protective housing requirements are temporarily relaxed, such as during service, the LSO shall establish the appropriate controls. These may include a temporary area control and administrative and procedural controls. E. Barriers, Enclosures, and Beam Stops Beam barriers, enclosures, and stops are used to prevent beam propagation outside of the controlled access area in excess of the MPE. It is always desirable to enclose as much of the beam path as possible. As with a protective housing, the proper enclosure of the entire beam path may change the laser system to a Class 1 laser. When the beam needs to be directed to another area, such as between optical tables, enclosure of the beam is recommended. Physical barriers are used to prevent laser radiation from exiting the controlled area. Laser curtains and partitions are routinely used as laser containment systems. Rail curtains can be used to completely enclose an optical table or part of the laser system. Due to the power density of Class IV lasers, the combustible properties of the barrier material must be evaluated. Beam stops are used to prevent the beam from leaving the optical table and to terminate the beam path. Beam stops are to be used behind optical devices in the event that the beam becomes misaligned. Section 5: Administrative Controls A. Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) A written SOP must be established for all Class IV lasers and should be established for all Class IIIb lasers for normal, maintenance, and alignment operations. The SOPs will be maintained with the laser equipment for reference by operators or service personnel and can be used for instructional material to train new laser users in the laboratory. All SOPs will be updated to reflect any changes in laboratory protocol and equipment usage. B. Warning Signs and Labels All signs and labels must comply with ANSI Z Entryways into laboratories containing Class IIIa lasers should be posted with a Caution sign. Entryways into laboratories containing Class IIIb and Class IV laser shall be posted with a Danger sign. The signs shall include the type of laser (i.e., Nd:YAG, Helium Neon), the emitted wavelength, maximum output, and class. All lasers classes except Class I shall have appropriate equipment warning labels affixed to a conspicuous place on the laser housing or control panel. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 108

109 Legend: Summary of the Engineering, Administrative, and Procedural Control Measures I II IIIa IIIb IV Engineering Control Measures Protective housing X X X X X Without protective housing LSO shall establish alternative controls Interlocks on protective housing * * * X X Service access panel * * * X X Key controls O X Viewing portals MPE MPE MPE MPE Collecting optics MPE MPE MPE MPE MPE Established NHZ for open beam X X Limited open beam path X X Remote interlock connector O X Beam stop or attenuator O X Activation warning signal O X Emission delay X Classification and warning labels X X X X X Area posting O X NHZ X NHZ Laser control area X X Temporary laser control area * * * MPE MPE MPE I II IIIa IIIb IV Administrative and Procedural Control Measures Eye protection MPE X Determine authorized personnel X X Standard Operating Procedures O X Spectator control O X Education and Training O O X X Service Personnel MPE MPE MPE X X X = Shall O = Should MPE = Shall if MPE is exceeded * = Shall if enclosed IIIb or IV Laser NHZ = Nominal Hazard Zone analysis required UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 109

110 Section 6: Personal Protective Equipment A. Eye Protection Eye protection is required for Class IIIb and IV lasers when engineering and administrative controls are inadequate to eliminate potential exposure in excess of the applicable MPE. The use of laser protective eyewear is especially important during alignment procedures since most laser accidents occur during this process. Protective eyewear must be labeled with the absorption wavelength and optical density (OD) rating at that wavelength. The LSO will determine the proper OD for protective eyewear through the following: 1. Determine Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) limit Visible beams ( nm) = 0.25 seconds (aversion response to light) Infrared beams (760-1mm) = 10 seconds (aversion response to heat) Ultra-violet beams ( nm) = Maximum on time of laser (up to 8 hours) MPE Limit is established through Table 5a ANSI Z Determine the maximum Irradiance (E) in Watts/cm 2 E = Laser output in Watts / Area of limiting aperture [eye lens has diameter ~ 0.7 cm, hence Area = 0.8 x (0.7cm) 2 = 0.39cm 2 ] 3. Calculate the Optical Density (Dλ) OD (Dλ) = log 10 (E / MPE) In addition to selecting the appropriate OD for safe viewing, one should consider the percent of visible light transmitted to the eye while wearing eye protection so that the beam can be adequately seen without the need to remove the protective eyewear. Comfort and fit are also important factors when selecting protective eyewear. B. Skin Protection Skin exposure can be of significant importance with the use of lasers emitting in the ultraviolet spectral region. The potential for skin injury from the use of high power lasers can present a potential hazard. For laser systems using an open beam, skin protection may be necessary. Covering exposed skin by using lab coats, gloves and an UV face shield will protect against UV scattered radiation. Adequate skin protection may be required for certain applications using high power laser systems. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 110

111 Section 7: Laser Registration Form Please complete (1) form for each laser and fax ( ) to Laser Safety Officer Principal Investigator: Phone #: Title: Department: Building where laser is located: Room #: Please list all laser users/operators: Laser Identification Information Laser Manufacturer: Serial Number: Model Number: Laser Type (e.g., Nd:YAG, Ar): *Class I *Class II Class IIIa Class IIIb Class IV (*Please indicate whether there is an enclosed Class IIIa, IIIb, or IV laser) Optical Characteristics Wavelength (nm): Type (CW or Pulsed): For CW Lasers, Average Power = For Pulsed Lasers, Peak Power = General Information Have all operators/users received training? Yes No Has the training been documented? Yes No Have laboratory Standard Operating Procedures and Yes No Safety Guidelines been established for the use of the laser? Laser Safety Checklist A. Does the door have the proper sign? Yes No B. Is equipment labeled with laser parameters? Yes No C. Is access to the room controlled? Yes No D. Are warning devices used when laser is energized? Yes No E. Are system interlocks used? Yes No F. Is proper eye protection provided? Yes No G. Is there adequate room illumination? Yes No H. Are reflective surfaces in the room controlled? Yes No I. Are elements in the beam path secured? Yes No J. Date of Last Inspection: K. Other Comments: Principal Investigator Signature: Date: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 111

112 Section 8: Laser Relocation Form Please complete (1) form for each laser and fax ( ) to Laser Safety Officer Principal Investigator: Phone #: Title: Department: Building where laser is currently located: Room #: Please list all laser users/operators: Laser Identification Information Laser Manufacturer: Serial Number: Model Number: Laser Type (e.g., Nd:YAG, Ar): *Class I *Class II Class IIIa Class IIIb Class IV (*Please indicate whether there is an enclosed Class IIIa, IIIb, or IV laser) Laser Location - Please check one below The laser/laser system identified above will remain in its current location. OR The laser/laser system identified above is being relocated to: Building: Room #: NOTE: If laser is moving to another department or leaving UNH completely, please explain below: Principal Investigator Signature: Date: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 112

113 Section 9: Laser Exposure Incident Report Please complete (1) form for each laser and fax ( ) to Laser Safety Officer Name of exposed individual: Status (student, staff, faculty, visitor, etc.): Date of incident: Time of incident: Location of facility where exposure occurred: Type of laser producing exposure (HeNe, Nd:YAG, etc.): Class: IIIa IIIb IV Name of person whom registered laser: Supervising or witnessing individuals: Nature of exposure: Eye Exposed: Left only Right only Both Skin location: Duration: minutes seconds Describe the exposure circumstances (work being performed): How was the incident caused? Personal protective equipment being used at the time of exposure: Did you seek medical attention? Yes No Name of Person Completing Form: Date: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 113

114 Section 10: Laser Door Signs

115 UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 115

116 Section 11: Glossary of Terms The following terms are used in the Laser Safety section of this document: Absorption: Transformation of radiant energy to a different form of energy by interaction w matter. Aperture: An opening through which radiation can pass. Attenuation: The decrease in the radiant flux as it passes through an absorbing or scatte medium. Average Power: The total energy imparted during exposure divided by the exposure duratio Aversion Response: Closure of the eyelid, or movement of the head to avoid an exposure noxious stimulant or bright light. In this standard, the aversion response to an exposure fro bright laser source is assumed to occur within 0.25 s, including the blink reflex time. Authorized Laser Operator: An individual who has been trained in laser safety and l operating procedures. Beam: A collection of rays which may be parallel, divergent, or convergent. Beam Diameter: The diameter of that portion of the beam which contains 86% of the ou power. Blink Reflex: See Aversion response. Carcinogen: An agent potentially capable of causing cancer. Coherent: Radiation composed of wave trains vibrating in phase with each other. Sim expressed: parallel rays of light. Continuous Wave (CW): The output of a laser, which is operated in a continuous rather t pulsed mode. In this standard, a laser operating with a continuous output for a period > 0. is regarded as a CW laser. Controlled Area: An area where the occupancy and activity of those within is subjec control and supervision for the purpose of protection from radiation hazards. Cornea: The transparent outer coat of the human eye that covers the iris and the crysta lens. The cornea is the main refracting element of the eye. Diffraction: Deviation of part of a beam, determined by the wave nature of radiation occurring when the radiation passes the edge of an opaque obstacle. Diffuse Reflection: Change of the spatial distribution of a beam of radiation when reflected in many directions by a surface or by a medium. Divergence: The angle at which the laser beam spreads in the far field; the bending of away from each other, as by a concave lens or convex mirror. Sometimes this is also referre as beam spread. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Pag

117 Electromagnetic Radiation: Includes radio waves; X-rays; gamma rays; and infrared, ultraviolet, and visible light. The flow of energy consisting of electric and magnetic fields lying transverse to the direction of propagation. X ray, ultraviolet, visible, infrared, and radio waves occupy various portions of the electromagnetic spectrum and differ only in frequency, wavelength, or photon energy. Enclosed Laser: A laser that is contained within a protective housing of itself or of the laser or laser system in which it is incorporated. Opening or removal of the protective housing provides additional access to laser radiation above the applicable MPE than possible with the protective housing in place. (An embedded laser is an example of one type of enclosed laser.) Energy: The capacity for doing work. Energy content is commonly used to characterize the output from pulsed lasers, and is generally expressed in joules (J). Erythema: Redness of the skin due to congestion of the capillaries. Extended Source: An extended source of radiation that can be resolved into a geometrical image in contrast with a point source of radiation, which cannot be resolved into a geometrical image. A light source whose diameter subtends a relatively large angle from an observer. Failsafe Interlock: An interlock where the failure of a single mechanical or electrical component of the interlock will cause the system to go into, or remain in, a safe mode. Hertz (Hz): The unit that expresses the frequency of a periodic oscillation in cycles per second. Infrared Radiation: Electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths that lie within the range 0.7 µm to 1 mm. Intrabeam Viewing: The viewing condition whereby the eye is exposed to all or part of the laser beam. Ionizing Radiation: Electromagnetic radiation having sufficiently large amount of photon energy to directly ionize atomic or molecular systems with a single quantum event. Irradiance (E): The power emitted per unit area upon a surface; expressed in watts per square centimeter (W/cm2). Joule: A unit of energy. 1 joule = 1 watt second. Laser: A laser is a cavity, with mirrors at the ends, filled with material such as crystal, glass, liquid, gas or dye. A device which produces an intense beam of light with the unique properties of coherency, collimation and monochromaticity. An acronym for Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation. Laser Safety Officer (LSO): One who has authority to monitor and enforce the control of laser hazards and effect the knowledgeable evaluation and control of laser hazards. Laser System: An assembly of electrical, mechanical, and optical components that includes a laser. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 117

118 Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE): The level of laser and radiation to which a person may be exposed without hazardous effect or adverse biological changes to eye or skin. MPE is expressed in terms of either radiant exposure (Joules/cm2) or irradiance (Watts/cm2). The criteria for MPE is detailed in Section 8 of ANSI Z Maintenance: Performance of those adjustments or procedures specified in user information provided by the manufacturer with the laser or laser system, which are to be performed by the user to ensure the intended performance of the product. It does not include operation or service as defined in this section. Nominal Hazard Zone (NHZ): A zone that describes the space within which the level of the direct, reflected, or scattered radiation during normal operation exceeds the applicable MPE. Exposure levels beyond the boundary of the NHZ are below the appropriate MPE level. Operation: The performance of the laser or laser system over the full range of its intended functions (normal operation). It does not include maintenance or service as defined in this section. Optical Density (OD): A logarithmic expression for the attenuation of the irradiation produced by an attenuating medium, such as an eye protection filter. Photosensitizers: Substances that increase the sensitivity of a material to irradiation by electromagnetic energy. Point Source: Ideally, a source with infinitesimal dimensions. Practically, a source of radiation whose dimensions are small compared with the viewing distance. For the purpose of this standard, a point source leads to intrabeam viewing condition. Power: The rate at which energy is emitted, transferred, or received. Unit: watts (joules per second). PRF: Abbreviation for Pulse Repetition Frequency. Protective Housing: An enclosure that surrounds the laser or laser system that prevents access to laser radiation above the applicable MPE level. The aperture through which the useful beam is emitted is not part of the protective housing. The protective housing may enclose associated optics and a workstation and shall limit access to other associated radiant energy emissions and to electrical hazards associated with components and terminals. Pulse Duration: The duration of a laser pulse; usually measured as the time interval between the half-power points on the leading and trailing edges of the pulse. Q-Switched Laser: A laser that emits short (<30 ns), high-power pulses by means of a Q- switch. Repetitive Pulsed Laser: A laser with multiple pulses of radiant energy occurring in sequence with a pulse repetition frequency greater than or equal to 1 Hz. Service: The performance of those procedures or adjustments described in the manufacturer s service or instructions which may affect any aspect of the performance of the laser or laser system. It does not include maintenance or operation as defined in this section. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 118

119 Source: A laser or a laser-illuminated reflecting surface. Specular Reflection: A mirror-like reflection. Transmittance: The ratio of total transmitted radiant power to the total incident radiant power. Ultraviolet Radiation (light): Electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths smaller than those of visible radiation; for the purpose of laser safety, 200nm to 400nm. Visible Radiation (light): Electromagnetic radiation that can be detected by the human eye. This term is commonly used to describe wavelengths that lie in the range of 400nm to 700nm. Watt: The unit of power or radiant flux. 1 watt = 1 joule / second. Wavelength: The distance between two successive points on a periodic wave that are in phase. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 119

120 Chapter 13 Electrical Safety Plan Section 1: Section 2: Section 3: Section 4: Section 5: Section 6 Section 7: Section 8: Section 9: Introduction Roles and Responsibilities General Requirements Use of Extension Cords Use of Power Strips Use of Clamp Lighting Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters Changes to Building Electrical Services Damaged or Defective Equipment Section 10: Special Considerations UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 120

121 Section 1: Introduction The purpose of this section is to inform laboratory occupants to remediate electrical hazards when possible and develop appropriate work procedures for electrical safety. Electrical hazards for laboratory employees and students usually include shock, burn, or fire hazards. Electrical shocks occur when a part of the body becomes part of the electrical circuit. One way this can occur is by contacting a metallic part of a piece of equipment that has become energized by contact with an electrical conductor. The severity of the electrical shock depends on the following: The amount of the current (measured in Amperes or Amps); The pathway through the body; The duration of the exposure; and Whether the skin is wet or dry. Section 2: Roles and Responsibilities The UNH Energy and Campus Development Department of Design and Construction (ECD Design and Construction) specifies electrical design standards for UNH. ECD Design and Construction oversees the design of electrical systems in new buildings as well as renovations and changes to existing buildings. Facility Operations (maintenance) in each of the zones is responsible for responding to maintenance requests made by laboratory personnel and fulfilling those requests in a manner that meets the design guidelines set forth by ECD Design and Construction. Laboratory personnel are responsible for their electrical equipment. Facility Operations personnel may only perform design changes to the building s electrical infrastructure. Specific changes may be required when converting a dry laboratory to a wet environment or when a change in the electrical load exceeds the capacity in a given area (such as after a new laboratory is established in an existing space). Laboratory personnel are responsible for ensuring that electrical equipment connected to the building power system is in good condition. The Office of Environmental Health and Safety (OEHS) provides electrical safety guidance for the University community. OEHS will respond to technical questions and provide individual assistance on electrical safety issues. OEHS inspects laboratories for electrical safety compliance and investigates all accidents resulting from electrical exposure. Any electrical accident of a serious nature would also be investigated by the State Fire Marshal and the State Electrical Inspector. Section 3: General Requirements Laboratory personnel typically encounter electricity in the form of hard-wired equipment (e.g., specialty microscopes, generators), plug-and-cord equipment (e.g., refrigeration, centrifuges, heating baths, electrophoresis devices), extension cords, and outlets. The following requirements must be followed to ensure electrical safety: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 121

122 All electrical equipment used by laboratories must be listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL), with a label showing its approval. It must be used in accordance with the instructions on the listing or labeling. Two examples of NRTLs include Underwriter s Laboratory (UL) and Factory Mutual (FM). A full listing of approved NRTLs can be found on the OSHA website at: Only an electrician that is properly licensed in the State of New Hampshire may work on electrical utilization systems. Under no circumstances may laboratory personnel undertake changes to the building electrical service. Laboratory personnel must always disconnect the power source to any electrical equipment before attempting non-electrical service or repair. Live parts of electrical equipment operating at 50 volts or more must be guarded against accidental contact. A minimum 36-inch clearance must be maintained around electrical controls, panels and disconnects at all times. Greater clearance distances may be required when the equipment voltage is greater than 150V in conjunction with certain workplace conditions. Contact OEHS for more information. When unplugging a device, be sure to pull from the plug to prevent wiring damage. Never override electrical safety equipment such as guards or electrical interlocks. Section 4: Use of Extension Cords In general, extension cords are not appropriate where a permanent wiring solution is available, regardless of convenience. Extension cords should be used only for temporary purposes and replaced with surge protectors if needed for longer periods of time. When extension cords are used, the following restrictions apply: Use only extension cords that are listed and labeled by a NRTL. Use only extension cords that are rated for hard or extra hard usage. The rating must be denoted not only on the original package but also printed on the extension cord insulating jacket. Review the capacity of the extension cord to ensure that you are staying within the cord s power rating. Use only extension cords with a minimum conductor size of 12 AWG (American Wire Gauge) and only cords with a grounding pin. Never remove the grounding pin to make a three prong cord fit in a two-prong outlet. Extension cords may not be run through doors, windows, walls, or ceilings and may not be attached to building surfaces (i.e., walls, ceilings) by staples or other means. Extension cords must be protected from damage and may not be placed in such a way that they create a tripping hazard. Extension cords may not be plugged in end-to-end or daisy-chained. Extension cords must be inspected regularly for wear, as it is especially likely around the plug. Worn or frayed cords must be removed from service and replaced. Cracks in extension cords may not be repaired with electrical tape. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 122

123 Section 5: Use of Power Strips Power strips permit more products to be plugged into the same outlet. While power strips may be convenient, they may also create safety hazards when used incorrectly. Power strips do not increase the amount of power available to a location, but rather more access to the same electrical source. A heavy reliance on power strips generally indicates that additional wall outlets are needed. Follow these procedures when using power strips: Use only NRTL (Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory) tested power strips, and be sure they are used only as intended by their NRTL listing. Select power strips that are properly rated for the application. For example, in a wet chemistry laboratory the power strip must be rated for corrosive and indoor wet locations. Read and understand the manufacturer s instructions and limitations on the power strip. For example, the on/off switch on the power strip may not be designed to interrupt the power of the devices plugged into the strip during normal applications. Do not overload the circuit. Review the capacity of the circuit and the power requirements of all of the items plugged into it. This includes not only the items plugged into the power strip but also other devices plugged into wall outlets along the same circuit. Section 6: Use of Clamp Lighting Clamp lighting refers to lamps that can be attached to objects (such as desks, benchtops, or equipment) using a clamp connected to the lamp assembly. These devices are commonly available at many home and office product retailers. Clamp lighting poses special hazards in the laboratory due to the generation of heat and the potential for the equipment to accidentally fall. Follow these procedures when using clamp lighting: Use only NRTL (Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory) tested clamp lights, and ensure they are used only as intended by their NRTL listing. Use clamp lights that are properly rated for the application. Many clamp lights cannot be used in a wet environment. Clamp lights may not be attached to any surface within 6 feet of a water source (e.g., sinks, emergency showers, water tanks). Clamp lights may not be attached to any surface directly above a water source at any distance. Prevent lights from contacting combustible materials (such as paper goods). Move combustible materials at least three feet away from the lamp reflector surface. Move any combustible materials that could potentially fall onto the reflector surface to another location. Do not wrap excess cord around the lamp. The reflector surface gets very hot and may damage the cord jacket. Inspect cords daily prior to use for cracks, wear, or exposed conductor wires. Discard lamps with damaged cords. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 123

124 Section 7: Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters, or GFCIs, are designed to protect the end user from electrical shock. GFCIs are not required on all circuits in laboratories. Best management practices in laboratory safety call for all outlets within 6-feet of a water source (such as a sink) or in a wet environment to have GFCI protection. All maintenance requests and renovation designs must include a provision for GFCI protection under these circumstances. Older buildings may be grandfathered and exempt from this requirement. If a laboratory currently has outlets with GFCI protection, they should be tested at least once per month. Laboratory personnel are responsible for testing the GFCI. To test the receptacle GFCI, first plug a lamp into the outlet and turn it on. Next, press the TEST button on the GFCI. Under properly functioning conditions, the GFCI s RESET button should pop out and the light will turn off. Press the RESET button to restore power to the outlet. If the RESET button pops out but the light does not go out, the GFCI has been improperly wired. Contact the Facilities Support Center ( ) to correct the wiring errors. If the RESET button does not pop out, the GFCI is defective and should be replaced. Section 8: Changes to Building Electrical Services Only an electrician that is properly licensed in the State of New Hampshire may perform changes to electrical services in the laboratory. Adding or modifying building circuitry or wiring are examples of a change to the electrical service. Changes are requested by contacting the Facilities Support Center at as appropriate. Section 9: Damaged or Defective Equipment Any of the following circumstances requires that the user immediately take the equipment out of service: Experiencing shocks, even mild shocks, when the equipment is touched; Abnormal heat generation; and Arcing, sparking, or smoking from the equipment. Laboratory personnel must tag the equipment, Do Not Use and should arrange for equipment repair either through the equipment manufacturer or through the Facilities Support Center as appropriate. Section 10: Special Considerations Follow these guidelines when working with electrical equipment or devices: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 124

125 Laboratory personnel frequently construct equipment such as lighting fixtures or housings for use in specialty applications. All electrical equipment constructed by UNH employees or students must be inspected prior to use by a New Hampshire licensed electrician or qualified electrical engineer. All electrical equipment must be constructed in accordance with the requirements of the current National Electric Code. If flammables are used, electrical equipment with motors must be rated for Class I Division II environments. This requirement is waived if the motor is permanently housed in a fume hood or fitted with special local exhaust ventilations designed to prevent flammable concentrations of gases or vapors from reaching the motor. The manufacturer must certify refrigerators used to store flammable chemicals. Variac is a brand name for a type of variable voltage transformer. These transformers are used to control the temperature of heating mantles and sometimes for the rate of a stirring motor, or heating a high vacuum line. Some older models of Variacs will keep whatever is plugged into them electrically live even though the Variac is switched off! Touching this device and ground at the same time could complete a circuit with your body and lead to electrocution. Install ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) outlets within 6 feet of a water source. Electrophoresis devices should be evaluated for electrical safety concerns. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 125

126 Chapter 14 Individual Health and Safety Plan Section 1: Individual Laboratory Safety Plan UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 126

127 Section 1: Individual Laboratory Safety Plan The Laboratory Safety Plan provides a general outline of laboratory policies and procedures. This plan should be adapted by each faculty member to meet the specific needs in his/her laboratory by adding safety and health policies and procedures specified by the faculty member and the department. The following is suggested list of information to be included: Hazardous Materials Used in the Laboratory Required Training Medical Monitoring Registrations/Notifications/Permits List of Laboratory Personnel Special Emergency Procedures Individual Laboratory Procedures Departmental Policies and Procedures A sample form has been included which can be further developed to meet the needs of individual laboratories (see Appendix U for an example). UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 127

128 Appendix A Glossary ACGIH (American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists) Action Level Acute Allergic Sensitization Aspiration BEI (Biological Exposure Indices) Bronchitis BSC Carcinogen Organization of professionals in government agencies or educational institutions engaged in occupational safety and health programs. ACGIH develops and publishes recommended occupational exposure limits for chemical substances and physical agents (see TLV and BEI). A concentration designated in 29 CFR part 1910 for a specific substance, calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average, which initiates certain required activities such as exposure monitoring and medical surveillance. An adverse effect on the human body with symptoms of high severity coming quickly to a crisis. A condition acquired through exposure to a particular substance. Additional exposure may cause a more severe reaction. The removal of fluids or gases from a cavity by suction. Levels of determinants in specimens from a healthy worker who has been exposed to chemicals. A reference value for biological monitoring. The inflammation of one or more of the larger passages leading to the lungs. Biological Safety Cabinet. Any substance which meets one of the following criteria: It is regulated by OSHA as a carcinogen; or It is listed under the category, known to be carcinogens, in the Annual Report on Carcinogens published by the National Toxicology Program (NTP)(latest edition); or It is listed under Group 1 ( carcinogenic to humans ) by the International Agency for research on Cancer Monographs (IARC); or It is listed in either Group 2A or 2B by IARC or under the category, reasonably anticipated to be carcinogens by NTP, and causes statistically significant tumor incidence in experimental animals in accordance with any of the following criteria. Catalyst Chemical Hygiene Officer A chemical which changes the rate of a chemical reaction between two other chemicals without affecting the chemical itself. An employee who is designated by the employer, and who is qualified by training or experience, to provide technical guidance in the development and implementation of the provisions of the Chemical Hygiene Plan. This definition is not intended to place limitations on the position description or job classification that the designated individual shall hold within the employer s UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 128

129 organizational structure. Chronic Combustible Combustible Liquid An adverse effect on the human body with symptoms, which develop slowly over a long period of time or which frequently recur. A chemical or agent with a flashpoint at or above 100ºF but below 200ºF. Any liquid having a flashpoint at or above 100 degrees Fahrenheit (37.8 degrees Celsius), but below 200 degrees Fahrenheit (93.3 degrees Celsius), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 200 degrees Fahrenheit (93.3 degrees Celsius), or higher, the total volume of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture. Compressed Gas A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70 degrees Fahrenheit (21.1 degrees Celsius); or A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130 degrees Fahrenheit (54.4 degrees Celsius) regardless of the pressure at 70 degrees Fahrenheit (21.1 degrees Celsius); or A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100 deg. F (37.8 C) as determined by ASTM D Conjunctivitis Cornea Corrosive CSC Cyanosis Deflagration Dermatitis Designated Area Detonation Emergency The inflammation of the delicate membrane lining the eyelids and covering the eyeball. The transparent membrane that covers the anterior part of the eye. A chemical that causes visible destruction of or irreversible alterations in, living tissue by chemical action at the site of contact. Chemical Safety Committee. A bluish discoloration of the skin, especially on the face and fingers, indicating a lack of sufficient oxygen in the blood. The propagation of a reaction zone at a velocity that is less than the speed of sound in the unreacted medium. An inflammation of the skin. An area which may be used for work with carcinogens, reproductive toxins or substances which have a high degree of acute toxicity. A designated area may be the entire laboratory, an area of a laboratory or a device such as a laboratory hood. Propagation of a reaction zone at a velocity that is at or above the speed of sound in the unreacted medium. Any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers or failure of control equipment which results in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous chemical into the workplace. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 129

130 Employee Evaporation Rate Explosive Eye Hazard Flammable Flammable Aerosol An individual employed in a laboratory workplace who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals in the course of his or her assignments. A measure of the length of time required for a given amount of a substance to evaporate, compared with time required for an equal amount of ether or butyl acetate to evaporate. A chemical or agent that causes a sudden, almost instantaneous release of pressure, gas and heat when subjected to sudden shock, pressure or high temperature. A chemical or agent that adversely affects the eye or visual acuity of the eye. A chemical or agent with a flashpoint below 100ºF. An aerosol that, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR , yields a flame protection exceeding 18 inches at full valve opening, or a flashback (a flame extending back to the valve) at any degree of valve opening. Flammable Gas A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a flammable mixture with air at a concentration of 13 percent by volume or less; or A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range of flammable mixtures with air wider than 12 percent by volume, regardless of the lower limit. Flammable Limits (Explosive Limits) Lower Flammable (Explosive) Limit The lowest concentration of a combustible or flammable gas or vapor in air that will produce a flash of fire. Mixtures below this concentration are too lean to burn. Upper Flammable (Explosive) Limit The highest concentration of a combustible or flammable gas or vapor in air that will produce a flash of fire. Mixtures above this concentration are too rich to burn. Flammable Liquid Flammable Solid Flashpoint Any liquid having a flashpoint below 100 degrees Fahrenheit (37.8 degrees Celsius), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 100 degrees Celsius) or higher, the total of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture. A solid, other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in (a), that is liable to cause fire through friction, absorption of moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which can be ignited readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be a flammable solid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR , it ignites and burns with a self-sustained flame at a rate greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis. The minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off a vapor in sufficient concentration to ignite when tested as follows: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 130

131 Tagliabue Closed Tester (See American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, Z (ASTM D 56-79)) - for liquids with a viscosity of less than 45 Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C), that do not contain suspended solids and do not have a tendency to form a surface film under test; or Pensky-Martens Closed Tester (See American National Standard Method of Test for Flashpoint by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z (ASTM D 93-79)) - for liquids with a viscosity equal to or greater than 45 SUS at 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C ), or that contain suspended solids, or that have a tendency to form a surface film under test; or Setaflash Closed Tester (see American National Standard Method of test for Flash Point by Setaflash Closed Tester (ASTM D )). Note: Organic peroxides, which undergo auto-accelerating thermal decomposition, are excluded from any of the flashpoint determination methods specified above. Hazardous Chemical Health Hazard Health Hazard Hematopoetic Toxin Hepatotoxin IBC IDLH (Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health) Ingestion Inhibitor Irritant Laboratory Any chemical whose presence or use is a physical or health hazard. Some examples include chemicals that are toxic, corrosive, flammable, highly reactive or explosive or emit ionizing radiation. Chemical, biological, radioactive or physical agents which may cause an adverse effect on the human body. A chemical which is a carcinogen, toxic or highly toxic agent, reproductive toxin, irritant, corrosive, sensitizer, hepatotoxin, nephrotoxin, neurotoxin, or an agent which acts on the hematopoietic system or damages the lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes. A chemical or agent that adversely affects blood function. A chemical or agent that adversely affects the liver. Institutional Biosafety Committee (same as Biological Safety Committee). Immediately dangerous to life and health. The maximum concentration of a chemical from which one could escape within 30 minutes without any escape - impairing symptoms or irreversible health effects. (Note: carcinogenic effects are not considered in setting these values.) The taking in of a substance through the mouth. A chemical which is added to another substance to prevent an unwanted chemical change from occurring. A chemical which causes a reversible inflammatory effect on living tissue by chemical action at the site of contact. A facility where the laboratory use of hazardous chemicals occurs. It is a workplace where relatively small quantities of hazardous chemicals are used on a UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 131

132 non-production basis. Laboratory Use of Hazardous Chemicals Handling or use of such chemicals in which all of the following conditions are met: Chemical manipulations are carried out on a laboratory scale; Multiple chemical procedures or chemicals are used; The procedures involved are not part of a production process, nor in any way simulate a production process; and Protective laboratory practices and equipment are available and in common use to minimize the potential for employee exposure to hazardous chemicals. Laboratory-Scale Laboratory-Type hood Lavage LD 50 (Lethal Dose 50) LEL, LFL (Lower Explosive Limit, Lower Flammable Limit) LSO Lung Hazard Medical Consultation Work with substances in which the containers used for reactions, transfers, and other handling of substances which are designed to be easily and safety manipulated by one person. Laboratory scale excludes those workplaces whose function is to produce commercial quantities of materials. A device located in a laboratory, enclosure on five sides with a movable sash or fixed partial enclosed on the remaining side; constructed and maintained to draw air from the laboratory and to prevent or minimize the escape of air contaminants into the laboratory; and allows chemical manipulations to be conducted in the enclosure without insertion of any portion of the employee s body other than hands and arms. Walk-in hoods with adjustable sashes meet this definition provided that the sashes are adjusted during use so that the airflow and the exhaust of air contaminants are not compromised and employees do not work inside the enclosure during the release of airborne hazardous chemicals. The washing or irrigation of an organ. The single dose of a substance which causes the death of 50% of an animal population when exposed to the substance by any route other than inhalation. LD50 is usually expressed as milligrams or grams or material per kilogram of animal weight. (mg/kg or g/kg). The animal species and means of administering the dose (oral, intravenous, etc.) should also be stated. Refers to the lowest concentration of gas or vapor (% by volume in air) that burns or explodes if an ignition source is present at ambient temperatures. Laboratory Safety Officer. A chemical or agent that adversely affects lung tissue. A consultation which takes place between an employee and a licensed physician for the purpose of determining what medical examinations or procedures, if any, are appropriate in cases where a significant exposure to a hazardous chemical may have taken place. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 132

133 MSDS Mutagen Narcosis Nephrotoxin Neurotoxin Organic Peroxide OSHA Oxidizer Oxidizing Material PEL (Permissible Exposure Limit) Physical Hazard Polymerization Protective Laboratory Practices and Equipment Pulmonary Edema Material Safety Data Sheet. A substance that causes changes in the genetic material in cells. Some mutagens may also be carcinogens. An unconscious state, normally caused by a drug. A chemical or agent that adversely affects the kidneys. A chemical or agent that adversely affects the nervous system. An organic compound that contains the bivalent -O-O- structure and which may be considered to be a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced by an organic radical. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, United States Department of Labor. A chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in 29 CFR (a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials, thereby causing fire either of itself or through the release of oxygen or other gases. A chemical which gives off free oxygen in a chemical reaction. This includes chemicals such as peroxides, chlorates, perchlorates, nitrates and permanganates. These can react vigorously when stored in contact with reducing materials. Established by OSHA this maybe expressed as a time-weighted average (TWA) limit or a ceiling exposure limit (CEL). OSHA PELs have the force of the law. A chemical for which there is scientifically valid evidence that it is a combustible liquid, a compressed gas, explosive, flammable, an organic peroxide, an oxidizer pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or water-reactive. A chemical reaction in which two or more small molecules combine to form larger molecules. Laboratory procedures, practices and equipment accepted by laboratory health and safety experts as effective, or that the employer can show to be effective, in minimizing the potential for employee exposure to hazardous chemicals. An abnormal accumulation of fluid in the lungs. Pyrophoric Chemicals or agents that ignite spontaneously in air at a temperature of 130 ºF (54.4 ºC) or below. Reactivity Reducing Material A measure of the tendency of a substance to undergo chemical reaction with the release of energy. A chemical which absorbs oxygen or accepts electrons in a chemical reaction. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 133

134 Reproductive Heath Hazard Reproductive Toxins A chemical, physical or biological agent that causes reproductive impairment in adults and/or developmental impairment or death in the embryo/fetus or child. Men and women of childbearing potential should take care to avoid exposure. Chemicals which affect the reproductive capabilities including chromosomal damage (mutations) and effects on fetuses (teratogenesis): After inhalation exposure of 6-7 hours per day, 5 days per week, for a significant portion of a lifetime to dosages of less than 10 mg/m(3); After repeated skin application of less than 300 (mg/kg of body weight) per week; or After oral dosages of less than 50 mg/kg of body weight per day. RSC RSO Sensitizer Skin Hazard Solubility Spontaneous Heating Stability Systemic Teratogen Thermal Decomposition TLV (Threshold Limit Value) TLV C (Threshold Limit Value Ceiling) Toxicity Radiation Safety Committee. Radiation Safety Officer. A chemical that causes those exposed to develop an allergic reaction after repeated exposure (See allergic sensitization above). A chemical or agents that adversely affects the dermal layer of skin. A measure of the amount of the substance that will dissolve in a given amount of water or other solvent. An increase in the internal temperature of substance due to a chemical or physical change without the application of external heat A measure of the ability of a substance to be handled and stored without undergoing unwanted chemical changes. Affecting the body as a whole. A substance which interferes with embryonic or fetal development. Women of child bearing potential should take care to avoid exposure. Chemical breakdown of a material brought about by exposure to heat. The airborne concentration of a substance which represents conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed day after day (for eight hours each day) without adverse effects. The airborne concentration of a substance that should not be exceeded during any part of the working day. The measure of the adverse effect exerted on the human body by a poisonous material. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 134

135 UNHCEMS Unstable Reactive Vapor Density Vapor Pressure Volatile Water Reactive University of New Hampshire s Chemical and Environmental Management System. Chemicals or agents that vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense or become self-reactive under conditions of shock, pressure or temperature. Relates the density of the vapors from a substance to the density of air. Chemicals with a vapor density less than 1 will rise and those with a value greater than 1 will sink in air. The pressure a vapor exerts when it is in equilibrium with its liquid or solid form. Units are usually expressed in mm of Hg. Evaporates quickly. A chemical or agent that reacts with water to release a gas that is either flammable or presents a health hazard. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 135

136 Appendix B References 1. Fire Protection Guide on Hazardous Materials. National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA (latest edition). 2. Laboratory Safety: Principles and Practices. Fleming, D. O. et al. American Society for Microbiology. Washington, D.C. (latest edition) 3. Chemical Hazards of the Workplace. Proctor, N. and J. Hughes. J.B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia, PA (latest edition). 4. Prudent Practices for Handling Hazardous Chemicals in Laboratories. National Research Council Committee on Hazardous Substances in the Laboratory. National Academy Press, Washington, D.C. (latest edition). 5. Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials. Sax, N. Irving. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, NY (latest edition). 6. CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety, Steere, N. ed. CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FLA (latest edition). 7. The Merck Index. Windholz, M., ed. Merck and Co. Inc., Rahway, N.J. (latest edition). 8. Guidelines for Laboratory Design Health and Safety Considerations. L. DiBerardinis et al. (latest edition). OEHS has the following publications available at no charge: 1. Material Safety Data Sheets. 2. Laboratory Safety Plan. 3. Hazardous Waste Management Plan. 4. Radiation Protection Program. 5. Safety in Academic Chemistry Laboratories, American Chemical Society (latest edition). 6. Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (available at UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 136

137 Appendix C SOPs for Hazardous Chemicals The UNH Office of Environmental Health and Safety would like to thank the Massachusetts Institute of Technology s EH&S Office for allowing us to use their Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) templates for this section of the UNH Laboratory Safety Plan. I. Preliminary Steps and Procedures All work involving chemicals in UNH laboratories must be conducted using the Standard Operating Procedures outlined in this appendix. In addition, laboratory workers must determine whether any of the chemicals to be handled in the planned experiment meet the definition of a Particularly Hazardous Substance due to high acute toxicity, carcinogenicity, and/or reproductive toxicity. If so, consider the total amount of the substance that will be used, the expected frequency of use, the chemical s routes of exposure, and the circumstances of its use in the proposed experiment. Use this information to determine whether it is appropriate to apply the Additional Procedures for Work with Particularly Hazardous Substances outlined in Section III of this appendix. For very toxic or hazardous substances, or specialized practices, consideration must be given to whether additional consultation with safety professionals and development of specialized SOPs is warranted or required. STEP 1: Determine the toxicity and warning properties of the chemicals to be used in the experiment. ü Identify the chemicals involved in the proposed experiment and determine the amounts that will be used. ü Use an up-to-date MSDS to determine the exposure limit, type of toxicity, warning properties (e.g., smell, irritation) and symptoms of exposure for each chemical involved in the planned experiment. ü If a new chemical substance(s) will be produced during the experiment and the toxicity is unknown, assume it is a particularly hazardous substance and follow the procedures in Section III of this appendix. ü Assume that any mixture of chemicals will be more toxic than its most toxic component. ü Consider substituting less toxic chemicals. STEP 2: Determine most likely routes of exposure based on how chemicals will be used and their physical/chemical properties. ü Inhalation: Risk for inhalation is highest when volatile liquids, gases, dusts, or mists are used or generated. Heating will increase the volatility of liquids. Pay particular attention to chemicals with low exposure limits. Potential for inhalation is highest when chemicals are used on an open laboratory bench. Usage in an enclosed apparatus or chemical fume hoods decreases inhalation exposure potential. ü Skin Exposure: Chances for skin exposure exist for most laboratory chemical procedures. When the skin notation is listed in the exposure limit section of the MSDS, the chemical can be absorbed through the intact skin. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 137

138 ü Injection or Ingestion: Not normally a major route of exposure if proper handling procedures are used. Determine whether the experiment involves a significant risk of inadvertent ingestion or injection of chemicals. STEP 3: Determine required control measures, personal protective equipment, and proper work practices to minimize exposure. A. Inhalation Control Measures ü Determine when to use laboratory chemical fume hoods. Procedures involving volatile toxic substances and those operations involving solid or liquid toxic substances that may result in the generation of vapors or aerosols should be conducted in a chemical fume hood or other local exhaust ventilation system. Refer to the UNH Fume Hood Program for a more detailed discussion of laboratory hoods. Other types of control devices include glove boxes, custom designed hoods, shut-off valves, and monitoring equipment linked to alarms and shut-off valves. ü Determine whether respirators might be required. Generally, hazards should be controlled by use of ventilation and engineering controls and it should not be necessary to use respirators. Contact the UNH Respiratory Protection Program for help in evaluating the need for a respirator. If one is needed and you are medically qualified to wear a respirator, obtain one of the correct type and size from the Office of Environmental Health and Safety. Never wear someone else s respirator. B. Personal Protective Equipment For Eyes and Skin ü Select and wear appropriate eye and face protection. Wearing eye protection is required by OSHA regulation whenever and wherever potential eye hazards exist. Hazards requiring eye and/or face protection include flying particles, molten metal, liquids including acids and caustic materials, biological or radioactive materials, chemical gases or vapors, and potentially injurious light radiation. Many departments, laboratories, and centers require eye protection at all times in laboratories and shops, and post EYE PROTECTION REQUIRED signs on the doors or in the hazardous areas. Use safety glasses with side shields as basic eye protection for handling chemicals where there is a low risk of splash or splatter. When pouring large amounts of chemicals, observing processes that are under heat or pressure, making adjustments to chemical containing apparatus, or performing other operations or tasks with a moderate to high potential splash risk or severe consequences in the event of a splash, chemical goggles should be used. A face shield can be used with the goggles to protect the face under these circumstances. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 138

139 ü Wear appropriate clothing in the laboratory when working with hazardous substances. Wear shoes that cover your feet while working in any laboratory. Flip-flops, sandals, and open-toed shoes are prohibited in laboratories. Wear clothing that fully covers your legs and arms when handling hazardous chemicals. When handling BSL-2 or higher biological agents, or radioactive materials, a lab coat is required. Shorts or short skirts are not sufficient in laboratories. ü Avoid skin contact and ingestion of hazardous substances by using appropriate hand protection, protective clothing, and proper work practices. Contact with the skin is a frequent mode of chemical injury. A common result of skin contact is localized irritation, but an appreciable number of hazardous substances are absorbed through the skin quickly enough to produce systemic poisoning. Ingestion of substances is rarely deliberate, but may occur because of contamination of hands handling food, contamination of common work surfaces in the laboratory, incidental contamination of food or materials that come in contact with the mouth, and through poor work practices. ü Select and wear appropriate hand protection, generally gloves, to prevent injury to hands or exposure by absorption of chemicals through the skin of the hands. Gloves for work with chemicals must be selected based on the potential contact hazard and the permeability of the glove material. For incidental skin contact with small amounts of chemicals on a surface, or work with most powders, disposable nitrile gloves are usually adequate. For work involving materials that are readily absorbed through the skin, the glove must be carefully selected using glove impermeability charts. Silver Shield brand gloves work well for many common laboratory chemicals that can be absorbed through the skin, but you should verify their effectiveness for your application. You should also evaluate need for hand protection from physical hazards such as extreme heat or cold, and make sure you use appropriate gloves. ü Never use mouth suction to pipette chemicals or to start a siphon; a pipette bulb or aspirator should instead be used to provide vacuum. ü Never taste or smell laboratory chemicals. ü Wash your hands with soap and water immediately after working with hazardous chemicals. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 139

140 ü Eating, drinking, smoking, gum-chewing, and applying cosmetics in laboratories where hazardous substances are in use is prohibited. Do not store food, beverages, cups, or other drinking and eating utensils in areas where hazardous chemicals are used or stored. ü Immediately clean up small spills on work benches or in laboratory hoods. ü Properly use and maintain personal protective equipment (PPE). Personal protective equipment should be kept clean and stored in an area where it will not become contaminated. Personal protective equipment should be inspected prior to use to be sure it is in good condition. It should fit properly and be worn properly. If it becomes contaminated or damaged, it should be cleaned or fixed or, in the case of disposable equipment, discarded and replaced. STEP 4: Be Prepared for Emergencies Before beginning an experiment, know what specific action you will take in the event of the accidental release of any hazardous substances involved. Know the location and how to operate all safety equipment including fire blankets, eye washes, safety showers, spill carts, and spill control materials. Be familiar with the location of the nearest fire alarm and telephone, and know what telephone numbers to call in the event of an emergency. Know the location of the circuit breakers for your laboratory. For all accidents requiring emergency police, fire, or medical response, contact the University Police Department by dialing 911 from the nearest telephone. OSHA requires Emergency Action Plans for each laboratory with hazardous chemicals and other hazards. The Emergency Action Plan should specify the appropriate response and building exit procedures for a variety of life-safety emergency situations. A. Chemical Contamination If the victim or their clothes are chemically contaminated, put on appropriate personal protective equipment and remove victim s contaminated clothing. Using a chemical shower, eyewash, or sink in a safe area, flood contaminated body part(s) with large amounts of water for 15 minutes. B. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) As time permits, and if you will not be placed at risk, attempt to identify the chemicals involved and obtain the MSDS or other relevant information. Provide the MSDS to emergency response personnel. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 140

141 C. Chemical Spills Minor vs. Major Be prepared for chemical spills before they occur. Have spill supplies available for the types of spills that might occur. Know under what circumstances you should clean up the spill or when you should evacuate and seek help. Minor hazardous materials or waste spills that present no immediate threat to personnel safety, health, or to the environment can be cleaned up by laboratory personnel that use the materials or generate the waste. A minor hazardous material spill is generally defined as a spill of material that is not highly toxic, is not spilled in large quantity, does not present a significant fire hazard, can be recovered before it is released to the environment, and is not in a public area such as a common hallway. Such a spill can usually be controlled and cleaned up by one or two personnel. Major hazardous material and waste spills should be reported to the Durham Fire Department by dialing 911 to receive immediate professional assistance and support in the control and clean up of the spilled material. Major hazardous materials or waste spills are generally defined as having a significant threat to safety, health, or the environment. These spills generally include a highly toxic material, consist of a large quantity, may present a significant fire hazard, cannot be recovered before it is released to the environment, or is spilled in a public area such as a common hallway. Upon reporting such a spill, personnel should stand-by at a safe distance to guide responders and spill clean-up experts to the spill area. Reporting personnel should also keep other personnel from entering into the spill area. In the case of a spill that presents a situation immediately dangerous to life or health, or a situation with significant risk of a fire, personnel should evacuate the area and summon emergency assistance by dialing 911 for the Durham Fire Department, activating a fire alarm station, or both. II. Essential Laboratory Work Practices A. Laboratory Glassware and Sharps Properly use, maintain, and dispose of laboratory glassware and other sharps. Improper use of glassware is a frequent cause of injuries and accidents in the laboratory. ü Careful handling and storage procedures should be used to avoid damaging glassware. Always carefully inspect glassware for flaws and cracks before use. Damaged items should be discarded or repaired. ü Adequate hand protection should be used when inserting glass tubing into rubber stoppers or corks or when placing rubber tubing on glass hose connections. Tubing should be fire polished or rounded and lubricated, and UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 141

142 hands should be held close together to limit movement of glass should fracture occur. The use of plastic or metal connectors should be considered. ü Glass-blowing operations should not be attempted unless proper annealing facilities are available. ü Vacuum-jacketed glass apparatus should be handled with extreme care to prevent implosions. Equipment such as Dewar flasks should be taped or shielded. Only glassware designed for vacuum work should be used for that purpose. ü Hand protection should be used when picking up broken glass. Small pieces should be swept up with a brush into a dustpan. ü Broken glassware, syringes, and other sharp objects must be disposed of properly. Such waste should be separated from other trash and stored for pickup in clearly marked containers labeled sharps. B. Cleaning Procedures Attend to housekeeping by establishing and following routine cleaning procedures as part of the work you do. There is a definite relationship between safety and orderliness in the laboratory. The following housekeeping rules should be adhered to in all laboratories: ü Clean bench tops and other work areas and equipment regularly. Do not allow dirty glassware, expired or unneeded samples or chemicals, and trash or boxes to accumulate. When floors require cleaning, notify building services. ü Maintain ready access to exits and safety equipment such as fire extinguishers, eyewashes, and safety showers. Do not store materials in a way that will block access to exits or safety equipment. ü Ensure all compressed gas tanks are properly secured to walls or benches. ü Chemical storage refrigerators should be defrosted periodically and should not be overcrowded. C. Working Alone after Normal Business Hours Researchers should avoid conducting work with hazardous substances when they are alone in the laboratory. When working alone, arrange with the University Police Department or workers in other laboratories to check on you periodically. Some experiments are too hazardous to be conducted alone under any circumstances; it is the responsibility of researchers to consult with their supervisor to identify such high hazard operations or experiments. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 142

143 Laboratory operations involving hazardous substances are sometimes carried out continuously or overnight. It is the responsibility of the researcher to design these experiments with provisions to prevent the release of hazardous substances in the event of interruptions in utility services such as electricity, cooling water, and inert gas. Laboratory lights should be left on and appropriate signs should be posted identifying the nature of the experiment and the hazardous substances in use. In some cases arrangements should be made for periodic inspection of the operation by other workers. Information should be left indicating how to contact you in the event of an emergency. D. Children and Pets in Laboratories Prudent safety practices discourage allowing children and pets in laboratories where hazardous substances are stored or are in use. Persons under 14 years of age are prohibited from entering certain high-hazard/high-risk areas (e.g., laboratories with hazardous chemicals, infectious organisms, or rooms with hydraulic equipment, lasers, or radioactive material). Exceptions to this policy require prior written approval from OEHS. Children under 16 years of age are prohibited from entering any Biological Safety Level (BSL-3) laboratory or area using recombinant DNA technologies. Please refer to document, Children in High Hazard Areas at UNH, for more information: Employees under 18 years of age are subject to the New Hampshire Youth Employment Law (RSA 276-A). Contact Human Resources for more information. E. Safe Chemical Storage Procedures Researchers should consult the MSDS to determine the proper storage procedures for chemicals. All procedures employed must comply with OSHA, Durham Fire Department, and building code regulations. The following minimum guidelines must be adhered to: ü Access to all hazardous chemicals, including toxic and corrosive substances, should be restricted at all times. Specifically, good practice would dictate that these materials be stored in laboratories or storerooms that are kept locked at all times when laboratory personnel are not present. In the case of unusually toxic or hazardous materials, additional precautions are advisable and likely required, such as keeping the materials in locked storage cabinets. Contact the OEHS to determine the appropriate controls. ü To avoid the accumulation of excess chemicals, it is recommended that you regularly update your chemical inventory and check this list prior to purchasing new chemicals. When purchasing new chemicals, purchase the minimum quantities of commercial chemicals necessary for your research. ü Make sure all containers of chemicals are in good condition. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 143

144 ü Make sure all containers of chemicals, (including research samples), are properly labeled. When appropriate, special hazards should be indicated on the label. For certain classes of compounds, (e.g., ethers), the date the container was opened should be written on the label. ü Store incompatible materials in separate cabinets. If they must be stored together due to space limitations, provide secondary containment to separate incompatible materials. ü Do not store liquids above eye-level. Particularly, large containers (i.e., more than 1-liter) should be stored below eye-level on low shelves. Avoid storage of hazardous chemicals on the floor. If such storage is required, provide secondary containment for liquids stored on the floor. ü For refrigerated storage of chemicals, ensure refrigeration equipment is selected properly for the types of materials to be stored. For flammable or explosive chemicals, special refrigerators are required. Food should never be kept in refrigerators used for chemical storage. ü Do not store items in the working space of fume hoods. F. Transporting Hazardous Substances between Laboratories Chemicals must be transported between stockrooms and laboratories in breakresistant or approved secondary containers. Approved secondary containers are defined as commercially available bottle carriers made of rubber, metal, or plastic, with carrying handle(s), and which are large enough to hold the contents of the chemical container in the event of breakage. When transporting cylinders of compressed gases, always strap the cylinder in a suitable hand truck and protect the valve with a cover cap. G. Handling Waste Chemicals Consideration of the means of disposal of chemical wastes should be part of the planning of all experiments before they are carried out. The cost of disposing of excess and waste chemicals has become extremely expensive, and frequently exceeds the original cost of purchasing the chemical. Whenever practical, order the minimum amount of material possible in order to avoid the accumulation of large stocks of excess chemicals which will not be needed in future research. Such collections of excess chemicals frequently constitute safety hazards, since many substances decompose upon long storage and occasionally their containers become damaged or degrade. In addition, the disposal of significant quantities of excess chemicals ultimately presents a very significant financial burden to faculty research accounts. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 144

145 H. Flammable Substances Flammable substances are among the most common of the hazardous materials found in campus laboratories. Flammable substances are materials that readily catch fire and burn in air. A flammable liquid does not itself burn; it is the vapors from the liquid that burn. The rate at which different liquids produce flammable vapors depends on their vapor pressure, which increases with temperature. The degree of fire hazard depends also on the ability to form combustible or explosive mixtures with air, the ease of ignition of these mixtures, and the relative densities of the liquid with respect to water and of the gas with respect to air. An open beaker of diethyl ether set on the laboratory bench next to a Bunsen burner will ignite, whereas a similar beaker of diethyl phthalate will not. The difference in behavior is due to the fact that the ether has a much lower flash point. The flash point is the lowest temperature, as determined by standard tests, at which a liquid gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid within the test vessel. As indicated in the following table, many common laboratory solvents and chemicals have flash points that are lower than room temperature and are potentially very dangerous. Chemical Flash Point ( C) Acetone Benzene Carbon disulfide Cyclohexane Diethyl ether Ethanol 12.8 Hexane Methanol 11.1 Pentane Toluene 4.4 Precautions for handling flammable substances include: ü Flammable substances should be handled only in areas free of ignition sources. Besides open flames, ignition sources include electrical equipment (especially motors), static electricity, and for some materials, (e.g., carbon disulfide), even hot surfaces. ü Never heat a flammable substance with an open flame. ü When transferring flammable liquids in metal equipment, static-generated sparks should be avoided by bonding and the use of ground straps. ü Ventilation is one of the most effective ways to prevent the formation of flammable mixtures. A chemical fume hood should be used whenever UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 145

146 appreciable quantities of flammable substances are transferred from one container to another, allowed to stand or be heated in open containers, or handled in any other way. Be sure that the hood is free of all ignition sources including, in particular, variable transformers (i.e., variacs). ü Generally, only small quantities of flammable liquids should be kept at work benches. Larger quantities should be stored away from ignition sources in flammable storage cabinets. It is advisable to purchase highly flammable solvents (e.g., acetone, hexane, diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran) only in metal or break-resistant (e.g., plastic or plastic-coated), containers. ü Refrigerators used for storage of chemicals must be explosion-proof or flame proof. Storage trays or secondary containers should be used to minimize the distribution of material in the event a container should leak or break. I. Explosive or Peroxide-Forming Substances Explosive substances are materials that decompose under conditions of mechanical shock, elevated temperature, or chemical action, with the release of large volumes of gases and heat. Special precautions are required for the safe use of explosive materials. It is the responsibility of the researcher to evaluate the explosive hazards involved in their work and to consult with their supervisor to develop detailed standard operating procedures for any work involving explosive substances. Work with explosive materials will generally require the use of special protective apparel (e.g., face shields, gloves, laboratory coats) and protective devices such as explosion shields and barriers. Organic peroxides are among the most hazardous substances handled in campus laboratories. As a class, they are low-power explosives, hazardous because of their sensitivity to shock, sparks, and even friction (as in a cap being twisted open). Many peroxides that are routinely handled in laboratories are far more sensitive to shock and heat than high explosives such as dynamite or trinitrotoluene (TNT), and may detonate rather than burn. All organic peroxides are highly flammable, and most are sensitive to heat, friction, impact, light, as well as strong oxidizing and reducing agents. Some peroxides in use at UNH are commercial compounds such as m- chloroperoxybenzoic acid, benzoyl peroxide, hydrogen peroxide, and t-butyl hydroperoxide. However, many common solvents and reagents are known to form peroxides on exposure to air, and these chemicals often become contaminated with sufficient peroxides to pose a serious hazard. Classes of compounds that form peroxides by autoxidation include: ü Aldehydes including acetaldehyde and benzaldehyde. ü Ethers with primary and/or secondary alkyl groups, including acyclic and cyclic ethers, acetals, and ketals. Examples include diethyl ether, diisopropyl UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 146

147 ether (especially dangerous), dioxane, dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl vinyl ether and alcohols protected as tetrahydropyranyl ethers. Isopropyl alcohol also frequently forms peroxides upon storage. ü Hydrocarbons with allylic, benzylic, or propargylic hydrogens. Examples of this class of peroxide-formers include cyclohexene, cyclooctene, methyl acetylene, isopropylbenzene (cumene), and tetralin (tetrahydronaphthalene). ü Conjugated dienes, enynes, and diynes, among which divinylacetylene is particularly hazardous. ü Saturated hydrocarbons with exposed tertiary hydrogens; common peroxideformers include decalin (decahydronaphthalene) and 2,5-dimethylhexane. Precautions for work with peroxides forming materials: ü Store peroxide forming materials away from heat and light. ü Protect peroxidizable compounds from physical damage, heat, and light. ü Date peroxidizable containers with date of receipt and date of opening. Affixing a label stating Warning, Peroxide Former can also be helpful to alert others regarding these materials. ü Use or dispose of peroxides within time limits recommended on the label or MSDS. ü Test for peroxidizables before distilling or evaporating peroxidizable solvents for research purposes. Do not distill for research purposes without treating to remove peroxides. It is illegal to evaporate or treat a regulated waste to avoid disposal of that material. ü If crystals are visibly present on the container or lid, or if the container is open but has not been tested, do not open. Contact OEHS to arrange for disposal. ü Immediately rinse empty containers that once held peroxidizables. Do not let residues evaporate. For assistance in disposing of larger quantities of peroxides or other explosive materials, contact OEHS at J. Take additional precautions for work with corrosive substances. Corrosives can be solids, liquids, and gases and includes acids, bases, oxidizers, as well as other chemical classes. Corrosives may belong to more than one chemical class. Elemental mercury is considered a toxic substance, but it is shipped as a UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 147

148 corrosive substance because it can deteriorate some metals. For purposes of these standard operating procedures, a corrosive is any chemical that can rapidly damage human tissue, metals, and other compounds, such as wood or concrete by chemical action. Store corrosive materials by compatibility and segregate acids from bases. Segregate oxidizing acids, such as nitric acid from organic acids, such as acetic acid. In addition, follow these procedures when working with corrosive substances: ü Store corrosives on a lower shelf or in ventilated corrosive storage cabinets. ü Make sure containers and equipment, such as tubing used with corrosive materials, is compatible with those materials. ü Personal protective equipment is important for work with corrosives. Neoprene or rubber gloves, goggles and face shield, rubber apron, and rubber boots should be considered. ü Add acid to water, never water to acid. ü Wherever corrosives are used or stored, be sure there is a working, readily accessible eyewash and safety shower, and ü Seek medical attention immediately in the event of a potentially injurious exposure. III. Additional Procedures for Work with Particularly Hazardous Substances A. Compile Information. Before beginning a laboratory operation, each researcher should consult the appropriate literature for information about the toxic properties of the substances that will be used. The precautions and procedures described in this section should be followed if any of the substances to be used in significant quantities is known to have high acute or moderate chronic toxicity. If any of the substances being used is known to be highly toxic, it is desirable that there be at least two people present in the area at all times. These procedures should also be followed if the toxicological properties of any of the substances being used or prepared are unknown. B. Establish designated areas in the laboratory for use of Particularly Hazardous Substances. A key requirement of the OSHA Laboratory Standard is that all work with Particularly Hazardous Substances (PHS) be confined to designated areas. The designated area established in the laboratory depends on the circumstances of use for the PHS. A designated area may be the laboratory, a specific area of the laboratory, or a device such as a glove box or fume hood. There also may be designated equipment such as a specific balance, or centrifuge in which an individual may work with or process PHS materials. It is most common for laboratory hoods to serve as designated areas for most research. Laboratory supervisors are required to notify the Laboratory Safety Officer of the specific location of any designated areas established in their research groups that are not laboratory hoods. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 148

149 C. Make sure designated areas are posted with a yellow and black caution sign. It is the responsibility of laboratory supervisors to define the designated areas in their laboratories and to post these areas with conspicuous signs reading: DESIGNATED AREA FOR USE OF PARTICULARLY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY. In some cases it may be appropriate to post additional signs describing unusual hazards present and/or identifying the specific hazardous substances in use. Laboratory personnel may also consider marking with yellow tape a section of a bench space or section of a laboratory hood where PHSs are used. D. Use particularly hazardous substances only in the established designated areas. Using PHSs outside of areas designated for their use, poses a significant danger to you and the others in your laboratory and surrounding areas, as well as violates UNH and OSHA rules and regulations. E. Take action to prevent skin contact. Contact with the skin is a frequent mode of chemical injury. Avoid all skin contact with particularly hazardous substances by using suitable protective apparel including the appropriate type of gloves or gauntlets (e.g., long gloves) and a suitable laboratory coat or apron that covers all exposed skin. Always wash your hands and arms with soap and water immediately after working with these materials. In the event of accidental skin contact, the affected areas should be flushed with water and medical attention should be obtained as soon as possible. F. Avoid inhalation of Particularly Hazardous Substances. Avoid inhalation of PHSs by ensuring that work involving potential for exposure to a gas, vapor, or airborne dust is conducted in a laboratory hood, or other suitable containment device such as a glove box. Purchase material in liquid form rather that powder form when possible. G. Thoroughly decontaminate and clean the designated area(s) at regular intervals. Decontamination procedures should be established in writing, especially those involving chemical treatments, and consist of any necessary periodic (e.g., daily, weekly) procedures performed to control exposure of employees. Depending on the chemical material, this may consist only of wiping a counter with a wet paper towel, or periodic use of a neutralizing agent. To determine the proper decontamination procedures, one must consider the chemical or type of chemical, the amount of chemical used, the specific use, the location of use, and other factors. Contact OEHS UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 149

150 if assistance is needed to determine the most appropriate decontamination procedures. H. Be prepared for accidents. Laboratory staff should always be prepared for possible accidents or spills involving toxic substances. To minimize hazards from accidental breakage of apparatus or spills of toxic substances in the hood, containers of such substances should generally be stored in pans or trays made of polyethylene or other chemically resistant material and, particularly in large-scale work, apparatus should be mounted above trays of the same type of material. Alternatively, the working surface of the hood can be fitted with a removable liner of adsorbent plastic-backed paper. Such procedures will contain spilled toxic substances in a pan, tray, or adsorbent liner and greatly simplify subsequent cleanup and disposal. If a major release of a particularly hazardous substance occurs outside the hood, then the room or appropriate area should be evacuated and necessary measures taken to prevent exposure of other workers. OEHS should be contacted immediately at for assistance and equipment for spill clean-up. OEHS personnel can be contacted for assistance after working hours by calling the UNH Police Department at 911. Spills should only be cleaned up by personnel wearing suitable personal protective apparel. Contaminated clothing and shoes should be thoroughly decontaminated or incinerated. I. Don t contaminate the environment. Vapors that are discharged from experiments involving particularly hazardous substances should be trapped or condensed to avoid adding substantial quantities of toxic vapor to the hood exhaust air. J. Recordkeeping. It is recommended that every research group in the department maintain a list of all particularly hazardous substances in use in their laboratories, including an inventory of the maximum quantity present at any given time. In addition, records that include amounts of material used and names of workers involved should be kept as part of the laboratory notebook record of all experiments involving particularly hazardous substances. K. When necessary, restrict access to designated areas when particularly hazardous substances are in use. Designated areas should be posted with special warning signs indicating that particularly toxic substances may be in use. As discussed above, many laboratory hoods are designated areas for work with particularly hazardous substances. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 150

151 IV. Additional Requirements for Work with Select Toxins Select Toxins are biologically derived toxic chemicals that are specifically regulated by the federal U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under regulation 42 CFR Part 73 when handled at levels above specified quantities. To ensure that UNH inventories of Select Toxins are maintained at levels below the regulatory threshold, all researchers using these toxins must order them and register their research with the Biological Safety Officer in OEHS. For details regarding ordering these materials, contact OEHS at Select Toxins are highly toxic and special precautions should be taken whenever handling concentrated forms, even in small amounts. Stocks of these chemicals should be stored under lock and key. A log must be maintained that tracks the use of these materials. Researchers working with these materials should contact OEHS for Select Toxin information and should develop standard operating procedures for work with these materials based on Appendix I of the CDC/NIH Publication, Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories. These SOPs should be maintained and accessible in the researchers laboratory space and should be provided to the Biological Safety Officer. V. Special Precautions for Work with Hydrofluoric Acid Hydrofluoric acid (HF) is a particularly hazardous substance, like many acids, but has added dangers that make it especially dangerous to work with. HF is less dissociated than most acids and deeply penetrates the skin. Symptoms of exposure may be delayed for up to 24 hours, even with dilute solutions. HF burns affect deep tissue layers, are extremely painful, and disfiguring. The highly reactive fluoride ion circulates throughout the body and can cause multiple organ toxicity, including heart arrhythmias and death, if not treated. Any suspected exposure to HF should be immediately flooded with water, decontaminated with calcium gluconate gel. Call 911 for suspected or known exposures to HF. All employees are required to be trained before beginning work with HF. The training must covers safe use, personal protective equipment, and decontamination procedures. All laboratories using HF must have unexpired calcium gluconate decontamination gel on hand. In addition, the following information regarding HF was provided by the Desert Research Institute s Environmental Health and Safety Office: Always wear gloves, a laboratory coat, and chemical safety goggles when working with any HF solution. Additionally, a face shield and rubber apron should be worn when handling solutions greater than 2% (1 molar), or if high splash potential exists. Not all gloves provide adequate protection against HF; high quality gloves made from butyl or neoprene rubber are recommended. Two pairs of gloves are recommended when working with concentrations exceeding 20% or when heavy exposure to gloves is expected. Always check gloves for leaks prior to use. The purpose for PPE is to shield the individual in the event of a release of vapor, a spill or other incident. PPE is not a substitute for safe work practices. Although accidents involving HF may not be totally eliminated, pre-planning will minimize the effects of such incidents. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 151

152 All laboratories that store or use HF should develop standard operating procedures that outline how to safely use HF, as well as how to respond to personnel contamination and HF spills. Use these general guidelines when developing a laboratory specific SOP: 1. Never use HF when working alone or after hours. HF may be used when working alone during normal working hours provided knowledgeable laboratory personnel have been alerted and at least one is in the general vicinity. 2. All laboratory personnel, not just those who will be using HF, must be informed of the dangers of this chemical and the emergency procedures necessary in case of an accident. A sign should be posted to alert people that work with HF is in progress. 3. All persons who will be using HF must be made aware of its properties and trained in proper procedures for use and disposal. 4. Laboratories which keep or use HF gas or concentrated solutions (>1% HF) should have emergency procedures in addition to a copy of the MSDS. 5. Laboratories which keep or use HF gas or concentrated solutions (>1% HF) must have an operational safety shower and eyewash in their laboratory. Before beginning any procedure involving HF, make sure the access to the emergency shower and eyewash is unobstructed. 6. Hourly employees should never be given the task of mixing HF solutions. Only experienced persons familiar with its properties should handle the concentrated acid. 7. A small supply of calcium carbonate or calcium hydroxide for spills should also be kept near the hood where the work will be conducted. If a small quantity (100 ml or less) of dilute HF solution is spilled, clean it up by applying powdered calcium carbonate or calcium hydroxide, or use a commercial HF spill kit. Call OEHS to dispose of the waste. If a larger amount is spilled, or the acid is concentrated, contain the spill as best you can, evacuate the area, and call 911. Avoid exposure to the vapors. 8. Dispose of unwanted HF by completing a request for waste disposal and submitting it to OEHS. 9. Always use the appropriate personal protective equipment and engineering controls when working with HF or >1% HF solutions. 10. Any exposure to HF must be medically evaluated. VI. Special Precautions for Work with Formaldehyde Formaldehyde is a particularly hazardous substance that is used in several laboratories at UNH and is covered under a specific OSHA Standard UNH must identify all laboratory activities that are above the OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) or Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) through initial air monitoring and provide training, medical surveillance, and engineering and work practice controls if levels warrant it. Formaldehyde is an animal carcinogen and a suspect human carcinogen according to OSHA and IARC. It is also a sensitizer and can cause allergic skin reactions and asthma-like respiratory symptoms. It is an eye, nose, and throat irritant. Formaldehyde procedures should be performed with ventilation such as a fume hood, slot hood, or vented downdraft table. All work should be done using gloves with adequate resistance to formaldehyde, such as disposable nitrile gloves. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 152

153 With proper exhaust ventilation, laboratory personnel should not detect any odors from formaldehyde work nor experience any symptoms of exposure such as eye tearing or throat irritation. If you do, immediately contact OEHS at for an evaluation. VII. Special Precautions for Work with Nanomaterials Nanomaterials are defined by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) as a material with two or three dimensions between 1 to 100 nanometers. They can be composed of many different base materials (e.g., carbon, silicon, and metals such as gold, cadmium, and selenium). They can also have different shapes, such as nanotubes, nanowires, crystalline structures such as quantum dots, and fullerenes. Nanomaterials often exhibit very different properties from their respective bulk materials including greater strength, conductivity, and fluorescence. The toxicity of most nanomaterials is currently unknown. Preliminary toxicity testing has indicated that some nanoparticles may be more toxic than the corresponding micrometersized particle because of their greater surface area and reactivity. Nano-sized titanium dioxide produces 40 fold more lung inflammation than micrometer-sized particles. In preliminary tests, carbon nanotubes have produced lung inflammation and fibrosis similar to crystalline quartz and asbestos. Nanoparticles are similar in size to viruses and are easily taken into the body s cells, translocate in the body, and can possibly pass into the brain and through the skin. Nanoparticles that have the potential to be released into the air must be handled as particularly hazardous substances because their toxicity is, for the most part, unknown and early studies have been suggestive of toxic effects. In the future, many types of nanoparticles may turn out to be of limited toxicity but precaution should be used until more is known. Work with nanoparticles that may release particles should be conducted in vented enclosures including glove boxes and fume hoods. All work should be done while wearing protective gloves (e.g., nitrile). Please refer to the UNH Nanomaterials Safety Program for additional information: Currently, nanoparticles and solutions containing them are being disposed as hazardous waste. Please call OEHS at for exposure evaluation of experimental setups and additional information. In addition, all containers of nanomaterials (including waste) should be labeled with the designation nano. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 153

154 Appendix D Biological Safety Survey BIOLOGICAL SAFETY SURVEY BSL-1 BSL-2 BSL-2/Polio BSL-3 Inspector: Inspector Information Inspection Date: College: Building: PC = Primary Contact Administrative Information Department: Lab Location(s): PC: SC: PC Office: SC Office: PC Telephone #: SC Telephone #: PC Emergency #: SC Emergency #: PC SC Laboratory Information SC = Secondary Contact Type of Registration (if applicable): Infectious Agent Registration rdna BBP IBC Approval: YES NO IACUC Approval: YES NO Agents: Emergency Procedures YES NO N/A Occupants of the laboratory know the campus emergency number, 911? YES NO N/A There is a telephone w/ 911 sticker attached, in the laboratory? YES NO N/A Occupants know what to do in the event of a chemical or biological spill? YES NO N/A Occupants know what to do in the event of a fire or injury? YES NO N/A A biological spill kit is easily accessible? Location:? YES NO N/A The spill kit vesicle is non-breakable and contains: nitrile or latex gloves, disinfectant (i.e., bleach, Lysol ), paper towels, tongs and utility gloves. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) YES NO N/A PPE is easily accessible and worn when appropriate. Type of PPE present: Lab coats or gowns Goggles with side and temple shields Safety glasses Face shield Disposable gloves Utility gloves Hearing protection Booties or shoe covers Respirators (List type) YES NO N/A Laboratory occupants do not wear open-toed shoes, sandals, flip-flops, clogs, etc. YES NO N/A Laboratory occupants wear gowns/lab coats when large areas of skin are exposed (i.e., when lab occupants wear shorts, skirts, etc.). UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 154

155 Laboratory Facilities YES NO N/A The door to the laboratory is posted with a Hazard and Emergency Information Sign with the NFPA 704 diamond, emergency telephone numbers and entry requirements posted. YES NO N/A A hand-washing sink is available, supplied with soap and paper towels. YES NO N/A If lab windows can be opened, they have been fitted with screens. Comments: YES NO N/A Sightings of insects, rodents and other pests are reported to Facilities Support Center ( )? Comments: YES NO N/A Vacuum line filter protection is in place. If yes, please indicate the type: Central (Main) Local pump Sink YES NO N/A Animals are housed within the facility. If yes, how long: YES NO N/A A fermentor is used to grow bacteria. If yes, please indicate the following: Building Room # Make Model Serial # Volume Use (L) BSL-2 YES NO N/A The Hazard and Emergency Information Sign displays the biohazard symbol, the name of the agent(s) in use and any entry requirements. YES NO N/A Equipment in which potentially infectious materials are present is labeled with the biohazard symbol. YES NO N/A Laboratory biological safety cabinets are present in room. If yes, please indicate the following: Building Room # Make Model Serial # Date Certified YES NO N/A Airflow vents in the biosafety cabinet are not blocked (with supplies, equipment, etc.). YES NO N/A Biological safety cabinets or other safety devices are used to contain aerosols. YES NO N/A Procedures to minimize aerosol formation are developed and followed. University Policies YES NO N/A The UNH Laboratory Safety Plan is easily accessible. YES NO N/A University rules regarding the use and disposal of sharps (e.g., hypodermic needles, scalpel blades, Pasteur pipettes) has been reviewed (see Appendix F) by laboratory personnel. Bloodborne Pathogen Usage YES NO N/A The UNH Bloodborne Pathogen Program has been reviewed and is easily accessible. YES NO N/A All laboratory personnel have been offered the Hepatitis B vaccine. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 155

156 Laboratory Work Practices YES NO N/A Staff is forbidden to eat, drink, store food, apply make-up (including lip balm), insert contact lenses, etc., in the laboratory. YES NO N/A Mechanical pipetting devices are in use; mouth pipetting is forbidden. YES NO N/A Hands are washed at the end of experiments, when gloves are removed and prior to leaving the lab. YES NO N/A Work surfaces are wiped down with disinfectant at the end of work and after spills. The following disinfectants are used and their dilutions are: ratio : or percent % ratio : or percent % ratio : or percent % YES NO N/A Workstations, closets, etc. are clean, neat and orderly? YES NO N/A Biological waste containers are covered when not actively adding waste? YES NO N/A Aisles and corridors are free of obstruction and tripping hazards? YES NO N/A All doors from the laboratory are unobstructed, in case of emergency? YES NO N/A Combustible storage (boxes, paper) is kept to a minimum and is not stored within 24 of the ceiling in non-sprinkled buildings or within 18 of the sprinkler head in sprinkled buildings? YES NO N/A The trash containers are noncombustible and emptied regularly? YES NO N/A Interoffice doors to offices/other labs are closed when not in use? BSL-2 YES NO N/A Doors to the lab are kept closed when BSL-2 experiments are in progress. YES NO N/A If a work surface cover is used it is discarded when dirtied or contaminated. YES NO N/A If potentially infectious materials are centrifuged, safety containment cups or sealed rotors with O- rings are available. YES NO N/A Reusable glassware is decontaminated prior to machine washing. Select Agent and Poliovirus Usage YES NO N/A CDC Select Agents or polioviruses are being used. If yes, please indicate the following: The project is registered with the Institutional Biosafety Committee (IBC). The facility has been registered with the CDC. Individuals in the lab are aware of restrictions on transferring, receiving, storage and use of select agents/polioviruses. The select agent/poliovirus is secured under lock and key when not in use. All doors to the laboratory are kept locked when not in use. Access is restricted to allow only authorized individuals. Records of stocks/strains are maintained. Stocks of unused select agents/polioviruses that are no longer used are destroyed. An annual inventory of select agents/polioviruses is completed and maintained. Safety Equipment YES NO N/A A drench shower is unobstructed (at least 3 square feet)? YES NO N/A All persons in the laboratory are aware of the location of the drench shower? YES NO N/A A fire extinguisher is available in the laboratory? Location:? YES NO N/A All fire extinguishers have been inspected? YES NO N/A An eyewash station is easily accessible? (Bottled eyewashes are not recommended) YES NO N/A The eyewash station is flushed weekly (recommended for at least 3 minutes)? YES NO N/A A first-aid kit is available in the laboratory? YES NO N/A The kit contains clean, sterile bandages, pads, bandaids, tape, ice packs? UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 156

157 Chemical Safety YES NO N/A All hazardous/odiferous/toxic chemicals are used in an approved fume hood? YES NO N/A Flammable liquid storage is kept to an absolute minimum? YES NO N/A Flammable liquids are stored in approved safety cans, flammable storage cabinets or flammable storage refrigerators? YES NO N/A All chemicals have been registered through UNHCEMS ( YES NO N/A Chemicals are inventoried regularly to reduce unwanted/outdated material? YES NO N/A Chemicals are not placed or stored on the floor? YES NO N/A All chemicals and containers are properly labeled? YES NO N/A Particularly Hazardous Substances are used in an approved fume hood (see Appendix T)? Fume Hoods & Exhaust Systems YES NO N/A The fume hood is being used at a proper sash height? YES NO N/A Airflow in hood is not blocked or restricted? YES NO N/A Occupants contact Facility Operations ( ) if they suspect a fume hood problem? YES NO N/A Laboratory has window-mounted air-conditioning units? How many:? Chemical Waste YES NO N/A Chemical waste is located in a properly identified area (satellite accumulation area)? YES NO N/A Each chemical waste container identifies each and every chemical within? YES NO N/A All chemical waste containers are capped when not in use? YES NO N/A The UNH Hazardous Waste Management Plan has been reviewed and is easily accessible. YES NO N/A If chemical waste is generated, all personnel have taken the online Hazardous Waste Training? Biological Waste Handling & Disposal YES NO N/A An autoclave is present? YES NO N/A The autoclave is used to decontaminate: Waste Media Other: If yes, please indicate: Length of cycle? minutes. Temperature? Fahrenheit or Celsius. Pressure? mm Hg or lbs/in 2. Location of the autoclave? Building: Room #: Who is responsible for overseeing the operation of the autoclave: Name: Title: YES NO N/A The autoclave is validated by spore testing. If yes, please indicate: Spore strains used for decontamination:? Last spore test date:? Frequency of testing:? YES NO N/A Liquid biohazardous waste is chemically decontaminated or autoclaved prior to sink disposal? YES NO N/A Sharps are collected in puncture resistant sharps containers, labeled with a biohazard symbol? YES NO N/A Sharps containers are closed when not in use and replaced before ¾ full or protruding. YES NO N/A Non-autoclaved biohazardous waste is collected within durable, leakproof containers, labeled with a biohazard symbol, lined with two red biohazard bags. YES NO N/A Biological burn boxes are sealed when they are ¾ full or when they reach 50 pounds, whichever occurs first. YES NO N/A Biological burn boxes are labeled with the building, room number and name of the originating lab. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 157

158 Appendix E Laboratory Safety Survey Doors YES NO N/A 1. The door Caution Sign is up to date? YES NO N/A 2. Appropriate pictograms are present (i.e., Biosafety, Radioactive Materials, X-rays etc.)? YES NO N/A 3. Vision panel in door is free from obstructions? Gas Cylinders YES NO N/A 4. All gas cylinders are properly capped or regulated? YES NO N/A 5. All gas cylinders are properly secured or fastened in an upright position? YES NO N/A 6. All flammable gas cylinders are located at least 3 feet away from doors? YES NO N/A 7. All gas cylinders are located at least 30 inches away from electrical panels? YES NO N/A 8. Particularly Hazardous Gases are used in approved fume hood or gas cabinet? YES NO N/A 9. Gas cylinders are transported on appropriate carts with straps/chains? YES NO N/A 10. Flammable gas cylinders are not stored next to oxidizing gases? Refrigerators YES NO N/A 11. Flammable liquids are not stored in household refrigerators? YES NO N/A 12. Food and beverages are not stored in the refrigerator? YES NO N/A 13. All chemicals and containers are properly labeled? YES NO N/A 14. Refrigerators are cleaned and are regularly maintained? Electrical Safety YES NO N/A 15. Equipment is properly grounded? YES NO N/A 16. Room occupants test GFCI devices monthly? YES NO N/A 17. Extension cords are not run through doors, windows, walls, ceilings? YES NO N/A 18. All electrical cords are in good condition, without defect? YES NO N/A 19. Electrical cords do not present a tripping hazard? YES NO N/A 20. Clamp lighting is more than 6 away from water sources? YES NO N/A 21. Clamp lighting is more than 3 away from combustible materials? YES NO N/A 22. Electrical disconnects clearly marked? General Building Safety YES NO N/A 23. Aisles, corridors and exits are free of obstruction and tripping hazards? YES NO N/A 24. Written lockout-tagout (LOTO) procedures are in place? YES NO N/A 25. Overhead cranes and hoists labeled on each side with manufacturer load rating? YES NO N/A 26. Combustible storage (boxes, paper) is kept to a minimum and is not stored within 24 of the ceiling in non-sprinkled buildings or within 18 of the sprinkler head in sprinkled buildings? YES NO N/A 27. Fire doors are kept closed and unobstructed? YES NO N/A 28. The ceiling is intact (i.e., ceiling tiles in place, etc.)? YES NO N/A 29. Penetrations in firewalls are sealed with appropriate fire stop material? University Policies YES NO N/A 30. The UNH Laboratory Safety Plan is easily accessible. YES NO N/A 31. University rules regarding the use and disposal of sharps (e.g., hypodermic needles, scalpel blades, Pasteur pipettes) has been reviewed (see Appendix F) by laboratory personnel. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 158

159 Emergency Procedures YES NO N/A 32. The spill kit contains: absorbent, safety glasses, gloves. Location: YES NO N/A 33. Occupants of the room know the campus emergency number, 911? YES NO N/A 34. There is a telephone w/ 911 sticker attached, in the room? YES NO N/A 35. A biological spill kit is easily accessible? Location: YES NO N/A 36. The spill kit is non-breakable and contains: nitrile or latex gloves, disinfectant (i.e., bleach, Lysol ), paper towels, tongs and utility gloves. YES NO N/A 37. Occupants know evacuation route and areas of assembly in case of emergency? Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) YES NO N/A 38. PPE is easily accessible and worn when appropriate. Type of PPE present: Lab coats or gowns Goggles Safety glasses Face shield Disposable gloves Utility gloves Hearing protection Booties or shoe covers Respirators (List type) YES NO N/A 39. Occupants do not wear open-toed shoes, sandals, flip-flops, clogs, etc. YES NO N/A 40. Occupants wear gowns/lab coats when large areas of skin are exposed (i.e., when lab occupants wear shorts, skirts, etc.). YES NO N/A 41. All occupants wear appropriate gloves? YES NO N/A 42. All occupants wear the appropriate eye/face protection? YES NO N/A 43. Loose clothing and long hair do not come in contact with equipment? YES NO N/A 44. Visitors are required to wear personal protective equipment? YES NO N/A 45. Occupants have been certified to wear a respirator? Facilities YES NO N/A 46. A hand washing sink is available, supplied with soap and paper towels. YES NO N/A 47. The room does not show signs of mold contamination. YES NO N/A 48. If lab windows can be opened, they have been fitted with screens. YES NO N/A 49. Belts, pulleys, and other exposed moving equipment parts are guarded to prevent injury? Comments: YES NO N/A 50. Vacuum line filter protection is in place. If yes, please indicate the type: Central (Main) Local pump Sink YES NO N/A 51. Animals are not housed within the room. YES NO N/A 52. A fermentor is used to grow bacteria. If yes, please indicate the following: Make Model Serial # Volume Use (L) Work Practices YES NO N/A 53. Staff does not eat, drink, store food, apply make-up (including lip balm), insert contact lenses, etc., in the room. YES NO N/A 54. Mechanical pipetting devices are in use; mouth pipetting does not occur. YES NO N/A 55. Hands are washed at the end of experiments and gloves are removed prior to leaving the room. YES NO N/A 56. Workstations, closets, etc. are clean, neat and orderly? YES NO N/A 57. The trash containers are noncombustible and emptied regularly? UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 159

160 Safety Equipment YES NO N/A 58. A drench shower is unobstructed (at least 3 square feet)? YES NO N/A 59. All persons in the room are aware of the location of the drench shower? YES NO N/A 60. A fire extinguisher is available in the room? YES NO N/A 61. All fire extinguishers have been inspected? YES NO N/A 62. All fire extinguishers are unobstructed? Comments: YES NO N/A 63. An eyewash station is easily accessible? (Bottled eyewashes are not recommended) YES NO N/A 64. Bottled eyewash solution is not expired? YES NO N/A 65. The eyewash station is flushed weekly (recommended for at least 3 minutes)? YES NO N/A 66. A first-aid kit is available in the room? YES NO N/A 67. Occupants know the location of the first aid kit? YES NO N/A 68. The kit contains clean, sterile bandages, pads, bandaids, tape? Chemical Safety YES NO N/A 69. Occupants know how/where to access MSDSs? YES NO N/A 70. All hazardous/odiferous/toxic chemicals are used in an approved fume hood? YES NO N/A 71. Incompatible chemicals segregated (i.e., no water reactives under the sink, etc.). YES NO N/A 72. Flammable liquids are stored in approved safety cans, flammable storage cabinets or flammable storage refrigerators? YES NO N/A 73. Ether and other highly flammable liquids are stored away from sources of heat, direct sunlight and ignition? YES NO N/A 74. All chemicals have been registered through UNHCEMS ( YES NO N/A 75. All chemical containers are capped and sealed except when actively adding or removing materials? YES NO N/A 76. Chemicals are not placed or stored on the floor? YES NO N/A 77. All chemicals and containers are properly labeled? YES NO N/A 78. Particularly Hazardous Substances are used in an approved fume hood (see Appendix T)? Fume Hoods & Exhaust Systems YES NO N/A 79. The fume hood is being used at a proper sash height? YES NO N/A 80. Airflow in hood is not blocked or restricted? YES NO N/A 81. Occupants contact Facilities ( ) if they suspect a fume hood problem? YES NO N/A 82. Room has window-mounted air-conditioning units? How many:? Chemical Waste YES NO N/A 83. Chemical waste is located within the area of generation? YES NO N/A 84. Each hazardous waste container has a completed EHS hazardous waste label including proper identification of contents? YES NO N/A 85. Chemical waste containers are in secondary containment? YES NO N/A 86. All chemical waste containers are capped when not in use? YES NO N/A 87. Room occupants know how to access the UNH Hazardous Waste Management Plan. YES NO N/A 88. If chemical waste is generated, all personnel have taken the online Hazardous Waste Training? UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 160

161 BSL-1 BIOLOGICAL SAFETY BSL-2 BSL-2 Laboratory Facilities YES NO N/A 89. The door Caution sign displays the biohazard symbol, the name of the agent(s) in use and any entry requirements. YES NO N/A 90. Equipment in which potentially infectious materials are used or stored is labeled with the biohazard symbol. YES NO N/A 91. Biological safety cabinets are present in room. If yes, please indicate the following: Make Model Serial # Date Certified YES NO N/A 92. Airflow vents in the biosafety cabinet are not blocked (with supplies, equipment, etc.). YES NO N/A 93. Biological safety cabinets or other safety devices are used to contain aerosols. YES NO N/A 94. Procedures to minimize aerosol formation are developed and followed. Biological Waste Handling & Disposal YES NO N/A 95. An autoclave is present? YES NO N/A 96. The autoclave is validated by spore testing? YES NO N/A 97. Autoclave log available? YES NO N/A 98. Liquid biohazardous waste is chemically decontaminated or autoclaved prior to sink disposal? YES NO N/A 99. Sharps are collected in puncture resistant sharps containers, labeled with a biohazard symbol? YES NO N/A 100. Sharps containers are closed when not in use and replaced before ¾ full or protruding. YES NO N/A 101. Non-autoclaved biohazardous waste is collected within durable, leakproof containers, labeled with a biohazard symbol, lined with two red biohazard bags. YES NO N/A 102. Biological burn boxes are sealed when they are ¾ full or when they reach 55 pounds, whichever occurs first. YES NO N/A 103. Biological waste containers are covered when not actively adding waste? YES NO N/A 104. Biological burn boxes are labeled with the building, room number, and name of the originating lab. YES NO N/A 105. Infectious waste containers are not used for any other purpose. BSL-2 Laboratory Work Practices YES NO N/A 106. Doors to the lab are kept closed when BSL-2 experiments are in progress. YES NO N/A 107. If a work surface cover is used it is discarded when dirtied or contaminated. YES NO N/A 108. If potentially infectious materials are centrifuged, safety containment cups or sealed rotors with O-rings are available. YES NO N/A 109. Reusable glassware is decontaminated prior to machine washing. Bloodborne Pathogen Usage YES NO N/A 110. The UNH Bloodborne Pathogen Program has been reviewed and is easily accessible. YES NO N/A 111. All personnel have been offered the Hepatitis B vaccine. Auditor Information Auditor(s): Audit Date: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 161

162 Appendix F Sharps Sharps can be defined as any device having corners, edges or projections with the potential of cutting or piercing the skin. This pertains to both regulated sharps contaminated with biohazardous waste and sharps that pose a safety hazard to custodial staff and other personnel. The following items are examples of regulated sharps and must be disposed in sharps containers and managed as medical waste, whether or not they are contaminated with biohazardous waste: Needles, including those with syringes, vacutainers, and attached tubing. Scalpels. Razors. Surgical saw blades. Glass pipettes. Glass slides. When disposing of glassware contaminated with biohazardous waste, it must be placed into a biological burn box. If the broken glassware is contaminated with infectious material, it must be placed into a sharps container prior to placement into the burn box. Examples include: Glass bottles. Test tubes. Flasks. SHARPS CLASSIFICATIONS There are three classes of sharps waste produced at UNH. This information complies with the OSHA Bloodborne Pathogen Standard (29 CFR ) and federal, state, and local waste disposal guidelines. The disposal procedures for these classes are as follows: Class 1: Non-chemically contaminated broken glass and Non-biologically contaminated broken glass This class consists of any type of broken glass that has been rinsed of any chemical contamination, including: Solvent bottles. Chemical bottles. Test tubes. Broken flasks. Procedure for disposal: 1. Place waste in a sturdy, leak proof, puncture-resistant broken glass box. 2. Securely close the box and label it with the building, room number, and principal investigator. 3. Laboratory personnel should place the box directly into a dumpster. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 162

163 Class 2: Chemically contaminated broken glass This class consists of any broken glass that is contaminated with a P listed waste. Contact the Hazardous Waste Coordinator at to determine if a chemical is on the P list. Glass contaminated with non-listed waste can be placed in a broken glass box. This includes: TLC plates. Flasks with irremovable residues. Procedure for disposal: 1. Place waste in a puncture-resistant container that can be capped and sealed. 2. Label with a completed UNH Hazardous Waste label. 3. Call the Hazardous Waste Coordinator at to schedule a pickup. Class 3: Biologically contaminated sharps This class consists of: All biologically contaminated sharps from BSL-1, BSL-2 or BSL-3 laboratories. All syringes and needles, whether they are biologically contaminated or not. Procedure for removal: 1. Place waste in Sharps containers for removal by Environmental Health and Safety. Sharps containers must be leak proof, puncture-resistant and labeled with the biohazard symbol or the word Biohazard. 2. Place the sharps container in an infectious agent burn box. 3. Secure the box, seal it with tape and label it with the building, room number and principal investigator. 4. Call the Hazardous Waste coordinator at to schedule a pickup. If your lab is not a BSL-1, BSL-2 or BSL-3 lab and generates syringes and needles only: Place waste in a puncture-resistant container (such as a red sharps container). Place the container in an infectious agent burn box and call the Hazardous Waste Coordinator at for pickup. The following are general guidelines for all sharps containers in the laboratory: Never overfill sharps containers. Close the lid on sharps containers when they are ¾ full. Never re-use sharps containers. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 163

164 Steam Sterilization Appendix G Autoclaves and Indicators Steam sterilization of materials is a dependable procedure for the destruction of all forms of microbial life. Steam sterilization generally denotes heating in an autoclave utilizing saturated steam under a pressure of approximately 15 pounds per square inch (psi) to achieve a chamber temperature of at least 121ºC (250ºF) for a minimum of 15 minutes. The time is measured after the temperature of the material being sterilized reaches 121ºC (250ºF). Physical controls such as pressure gauges and thermometers are widely used but are considered secondary methods of sterilization. The use of appropriate biological indicators at locations throughout the autoclave is considered the best indicator of sterilization. The biological indicator most widely used for wet heat sterilization is a Bacillus stearothermophilus spore suspension or strip. If sterilization is associated with patient diagnosis, State law requires the biological indicator and associated documentation. Chemical Indicators 1. Chemical Color Change Indicators Chemical indicators for steam autoclaving change colors after being exposed for a few minutes to normal autoclave operating temperatures of 121ºC (250ºF). Hence, chemical indicators can give a quick visual reference for heat penetration inside the hood. Chemical indicators should be positioned near the center of each load and toward the bottom front of the autoclave. Caution: Most chemical indicators can only be used to verify that your autoclave has reached normal operating temperatures for decontamination; they have no time factor. Chemical indicators alone are not designed to prove that organisms are actually killed during a decontamination cycle. 2. Tape Indicators Tape indicators are adhesive backed paper tape with heat sensitive, chemical indicator markings. Commonly used heat sensitive markings include diagonal stripes (autoclave tape) and/or the word sterile. These markings only appear when the tape has been exposed for a few minutes to normal autoclave decontamination temperatures. Caution: Tape indicators can only be used to verify that your autoclave has reached normal operating temperatures for decontamination; they have no time factor. Tape indicators alone are not designed to prove that organisms are actually killed during a decontamination cycle. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 164

165 Biological Indicators Biological indicators are designed to demonstrate that an autoclave is capable of killing microorganisms. Only Bacillus stearothermophilus spores can be used to monitor the effectiveness of steam autoclaves. Typical biological indicator systems consist of a vial with spore strips or a small glass ampoule of growth medium with spores and indicator dye. Refer to manufacturer s instructions for usage. The biological is removed from a load after it has been autoclaved. Then the biological indicator is incubated at 56ºC (132.8ºF) for up to three days. A control vial, which is not autoclaved, should remain clear without evidence of turbidity (no growth). If the autoclaved biological indicator is turbid (i.e., cloudy, indicating growth) the autoclave did not function properly. Notify your supervisor if this occurs. Autoclave Procedures When using a steam autoclave, consider the following: 1. Never autoclave FLAMMABLE, REACTIVE, CORROSIVE, TOXIC or RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS. 2. Always wear safety glasses, goggles or face shield, lab coat or apron, and heat-protective non-asbestos gloves when opening door or removing item(s) from autoclave. 3. Open door slowly; beware of a rush of steam. 4. Open door only after chamber pressure returns to zero. Leave door open for several minutes to allow pressure to equalize and for materials to cool. 5. Do not mix loads which require different exposure times and exhaust. 6. Materials that will melt (e.g., plastic lab wear) and block chamber exhaust drain should be placed in a shallow stainless steel autoclave pan. Autoclave Packaging and Treatment Materials contaminated with infectious materials must be collected in the appropriate containers and sterilized or disinfected before disposal. Specific requirements for handling, sterilizing, and disposing infectious waste must be followed. A. Liquids containing Biohazardous Agents Collect liquids in leak-proof containers such as flasks or bottles. Liquid waste containers designed to withstand autoclaving temperatures must be used when steam sterilization is utilized. To allow pressure equalization, they should not be sealed. B. Solids Containing Biohazardous Agents Non-sharp, solid laboratory waste (e.g., empty plastic cell culture flasks, Petri dishes, empty plastic tubes, gloves, wrappers, absorbent tissues) which may be, or is known to be, contaminated with infectious material must be collected in autoclavable bags. If this UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 165

166 waste is not autoclaved immediately, it must be stored in autoclavable bags displaying the biohazard-warning symbol. Autoclavable bags should be used for solid, non-sharp, infectious waste only and disposed of appropriately. They should not be used for the collection of other solid hazardous or non-hazardous waste that may require other treatment or disposal methods. For laboratories generating large volumes of agar gel in disposable Petri dishes and tubes requiring sterilization, such waste should be collected in an autoclavable plastic pail in the laboratory. Autoclavable bags filled with plastic ware containing agar gel tend to leak fluids during and after the sterilization process. The pail will contain the liquids released by the agar gel. C. Sterilization and Disinfection Inactivate the biological agents by employing steam sterilization procedures. Autoclaving (steam sterilization) is the preferred (and generally regarded as the most reliable) method of sterilizing biological waste. Depending on the volume of waste to be sterilized, it may be necessary to extend the duration of exposure to high temperature steam under pressure. Steam sterilization is generally not recommended for laboratory waste contaminated with or containing a combination of viable biological agents and significant amounts of hazardous chemical or radioactive materials. Containers of liquid waste must be placed in an autoclavable tray or pan of sufficient capacity to contain all liquid in the event of vessel failure or breakage inside the autoclave chamber. Use extreme caution when handling autoclaved liquids since they are hot and may boil over. Autoclavable bags of solid waste should be gently closed (but not sealed airtight) to allow steam penetration before they are placed into the autoclave chamber. After autoclaving and cooling, these bags of autoclaved waste must be placed into double-lined black plastic garbage bags (available at most stores and through many vendors). The international biohazard symbol must be removed from all autoclaved materials. When full, close the black bag by gathering the opening and applying a twist tie, string, tape, or tying a knot. Storage and Disposal Following steam sterilization innocuous liquids may be disposed of via the laboratory drainage system. Contact the Office of Environmental Health and Safety at with any questions about disposing waste down the drain. NOTE: Do not pour melted agar into sink or floor drains. Allow it to cool and solidify for disposal as a solid waste in black garbage bags. Autoclaved Waste Labeling No specific labeling is required. Make sure the there are no biohazard stickers on the treated infectious waste and associated bags. Wording such as infectious, pathogenic, biohazardous, etc. must be removed prior to placing the black garbage bags into an approved dumpster. Contact OEHS at for more information. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 166

167 Appendix H Biosafety Level Summary Table Biosafety Level Risk Group Agents Practices Safety Equipment (Primary Barriers) Facilities (Secondary Barriers) 1 Individual Risk: LOW Community Risk: LOW Not known to consistently cause disease in healthy adults Standard Microbiological Practices None required Primary containment provided by adherence to standard lab practices during open bench operations. Open bench top sink required 2 Individual Risk: MODERATE Community Risk: LOW Associated with human disease, hazard = percutaneous injury, ingestion, mucous membrane exposure BSL-1 practice plus: Limited access Biohazard warning signs Sharps precautions Biosafety manual defining any needed waste decontamination or medical surveillance policies Primary barriers = Class I or II BSCs or other physical containment devices used for all manipulations of agents that cause splashes or aerosols of infectious materials; PPEs: laboratory coats; gloves; face protection as needed. BSL-1 plus: Autoclave available 3 Individual Risk: HIGH Community Risk: MODERATE Indigenous or exotic agents with potential for aerosol transmission; disease may have serious or lethal consequences BSL-2 practice plus: Controlled access Decontamination of all waste Decontamination of lab clothing before laundering Baseline serum Primary barriers = Class I or II BCSs or other physical containment devices used for all open manipulations of agents; PPEs: protective lab clothing; gloves; respiratory protection as needed. BSL-2 plus: Physical separation from access corridors Self-closing, double-door access Exhausted air not recirculated Negative airflow into laboratory 4 Individual Risk: HIGH Community Risk: HIGH Dangerous/exotic agents which pose high risk of life-threatening disease, aerosol-transmitted lab infections; or related agents with unknown risk of transmission BSL-3 practices plus: Clothing change before entering Shower on exit All material decontaminated on exit from facility Primary barriers = All procedures conducted in Class III BSCs or Class I or II BSCs in combination with full-body, air-supplied, positive pressure personnel suit BSL-3 plus: Separate building or isolated zone Dedicated supply and exhaust, vacuum and decon systems Other requirements outlined in the text

168 Appendix I Chemical Inactivation of Certain Toxins Complete Inactivation of Different Toxins with a 30 Minute Exposure Time to Varying Concentrations of Sodium Hypochlorite (NaOCl) + Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) 2.5% NaOCl Toxin N NaOH 2.5% NaOCl 1.0% NaOCl 0.1% NaOCl T-2 Mycotoxin Yes No No No Brevetoxin Yes Yes No No Microcystin Yes Yes Yes No Tetrodotoxin Yes Yes Yes No Saxitoxin Yes Yes Yes Yes Palytoxin Yes Yes Yes Yes Ricin Yes Yes Yes Yes Botulinum Toxin Yes Yes Yes Yes Staphylococcal Enterotoxin B Yes (?) Yes (?) Yes (?) Yes (?) Wannemacher, R.W Procedures for Inactivation and Safety Containment of Toxins. In: Proceedings of the Symposium on Agents of Biological Origin, U.S. Army Research, Development and Engineering Center, Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD, pp UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 168

169 Appendix J Autoclave Inactivation of Certain Toxins Complete Inactivation of Different Toxins By Autoclaving or 10 Minute Exposure to Varying Temperatures of Dry Heat Toxin Autoclaving Dry Heat (ºF) T-2 Mycotoxin No No No No Yes Brevetoxin No No No No Yes Microcystin No No Yes Yes Yes Tetrodotoxin No No Yes Yes Yes Saxitoxin No No Yes Yes Yes Palytoxin No No Yes Yes Yes Ricin Yes No Yes Yes Yes Botulinum Toxin Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Staphylococcal Enterotoxin B Yes (?) Yes (?) Yes (?) Yes (?) Yes (?) Wannemacher, R.W Procedures for Inactivation and Safety Containment of Toxins. In: Proceedings of the Symposium on Agents of Biological Origin, U.S. Army Research, Development and Engineering Center, Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD, pp UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 169

170 Type Appendix K Summary of Practical Disinfectants Disinfectants Practical Requirements Inactivates Important Characteristics Category Quaternary Ammonium Compounds Use Dilution Contact Time (Minutes) Lipovirus Broad Spectrum Temperature, ºC Relative Humidity, % Vegetative Bacteria Lipoviruses Nonlipid Viruses Bacterial Spores Effective Shelf Life > 1 week γ % 10 NE Phenolic compounds % 10 NE + + δ Chlorine compounds 500 ppm ω Corrosive Flammable Explosion Potential Residue Inactivated by Organic Matter Compatible for Optics φ Compatible for Electronics Skin Irritant Eye Irritant Respiratory Irritant Toxic ψ Liquid Iodophor compounds ppm ω Ethyl alcohol 70-85% 10 NE + + δ Isopropyl alcohol 70-85% 10 NE + + δ Formaldehyde % Glutaraldehyde 2% Gas Ethylene oxide 8-23 g/ft NA + τ + τ Paraformaldehyde 0.3 g/ft >23 > NA + π + π γ Protected from light and air. φ Usually compatible. ψ By skin or mouth or both. ω Available halogen. δ Variable results. τ Not flammable or explosive in 90% CO2 or fluorinated hydrocarbon, the usual form. π At concentrations of 7 to 73% by volume in air, solid-exposure to open flame. NE Not Effective. SOURCE: Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, Laboratory Safety Monograph, UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 170

171 Appendix L Effectiveness of Certain Disinfectants Effective Against* Disinfectant Concentration (active ingredients) Contact Time (min) Vegetative Bacteria (B) Fungi (F) Lipophilic Viruses (LV) Tubercle Bacillus (TB) Hydrophilic Viruses (HV) Spores (S) Quaternary Ammonium Phenolic compounds Chlorine Compounds ** (available chlorine) Iodophor Compounds) Alcohol (ethyl or isopropyl) % % % % % Formaldehyde 4-8% Glutaraldehyde 2% * B = Vegetative bacteria; F = fungi and asexual spores but not necessarily chlamydospores or sexual spores; LV = lipophilic viruses; TB = tubercle bacillus; HV = hydrophilic viruses; S = spores; + = positive response; ++ = very positive response; - = negative response. ** Household bleach contains approximately 5% available chlorine. *** References: Decontamination, Sterilization, Disinfection and Antisepsis in the Microbiology Laboratory, in Laboratory Safety: Principles and Practices and Sterilization, Disinfection and Antisepsis in the Hospital, in Manual of Clinical Microbiology. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 171

172 Appendix M Chemical Disinfectants Disinfectant Final Concentration** Effective on: Ineffective on: Comments Phenolics: e.g., Lysol * 1:20 Bacteria, most viruses, TB, HIV Spores, polio, Coxsackie viruses. Relatively insensitive to high protein concentrations. Corrosive. Chlorine Bleaches: e.g., Chlorox * 1:10 Bacteria, some spores, viruses, TB, HIV Some spores Prepare once a week. It takes ~20 minutes to disinfect. Corrosive. Iodophors: e.g., Wescodyne * 1:100 Bacteria, most viruses, TB Spores A surface disinfectant. Iodine is insoluble so it s not good in solutions. Corrosive. Alcohols: e.g., ethanol, isopropanol 70% Bacteria, most viruses Spores, TB At 100% alcohols are a preservative!! Flammable. * ** The use of brand names does not imply a recommendation. Concentration of named brands. Use 1/5 dilution. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 172

173 Appendix N Summary of Spill Responses Where Hazard Type First Step Garb Clean up In Cabinet BSL-1, BSL-2 Leave cabinet fan on. Goggles, Heavy Gloves, Lab Coat Spray 1/20 Lysol, let sit 20 min. Mop up with paper towels Out of Cabinet BSL-1 Surround spill with absorbent and disinfectant Goggles, Heavy Gloves, Lab Coat Cover spill with disinfectant from outside ring. Mop up with paper towels BSL-2 Surround spill with absorbent and disinfectant Face mask - Dust mask or HEPA are best. Goggles, Heavy Gloves, Lab Coat Cover spill with disinfectant from outside ring. Mop up with paper towels BSL-3 EVACUATE AREA, CALL FOR HELP Serious Accident: Notify supervisor and call immediately. Blood Surround spill with absorbent and disinfectant Goggles, Heavy Gloves, Lab Coat Cover spill with disinfectant from outside of spill inward. Cover spill with disinfectant from outside of spill inward. Allow disinfectant to contact spill site for at least 20 minutes. Mop up. Radioactive BLOCK OFF AREA, Call Radiation Safety Officer Varies with radionuclide. Inactivate biological spill first, then deal with radioactivity. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 173

174 Appendix O Incompatible Chemicals The following list is to be used only as a guide. Consult the MSDS for specific incompatibilities. CHEMICAL: INCOMPATIBLE WITH: Acetic acid Chromic acid, nitric acid, hydroxyl compounds, ethylene glycol, perchloric acid, peroxides, permanganates Acetone Concentrated nitric and sulfuric acid mixtures Acetylene Chlorine, bromine, copper, fluorine, silver, mercury Alkali and alkaline earth metals Water, chlorinated hydrocarbons, carbon dioxide, magnesium, calcium, lithium, halogens, sodium, potassium Aluminum (powdered) Chlorinated hydrocarbons, halogens, carbon dioxide organic acids Ammonia (anhydrous) Mercury (e.g., in manometers), chlorine, calcium hypochlorite, iodine, bromine, hydrofluoric acid Ammonium nitrate Acids, powdered metals, flammable liquids, chlorates, nitrites, sulfur, finely divided organic combustible materials Aniline Nitric acid, hydrogen peroxide Arsenic materials Any reducing agent Azides Acids Bromine Ammonia, acetylene, butadiene, butane, methane, propane (or other petroleum gases), hydrogen, sodium carbide, ben divided metals, turpentine Calcium carbide Water, alcohol Calcium oxide Water Carbon (activated) Calcium hypochlorite, all oxidizing agents Chlorates Ammonium salts, acids, powdered metals, sulfur, finely divided organic or combustible materials Chromic acid Acetic acid, naphthalene, camphor, glycerol, alcohol, turpentine, flammable liquids in general. Chlorine See bromine Chlorine dioxide Ammonia, methane, phosphine, hydrogen sulfide Copper Acetylene, hydrogen peroxide Cumene hydroperoxide Acids (organic or inorganic) Cyanides Acids Flammable liquids Ammonium nitrate, chromic acid, hydrogen peroxide, nitric acid, sodium peroxide, halogens Fluorine All other chemicals Hydrocarbons (such as butane, Fluorine, chlorine, bromine, chromic acid, sodium peroxide propane, benzene) Hydrocyanic acid Nitric acid, alkali Hydrofluoric acid (anhydrous) Ammonia (aqueous or anhydrous) Hydrogen peroxide Copper, chromium, iron, most metals or their salts, alcohols, acetone organic materials, aniline, nitromethane, flamm oxidizing gases Hydrogen sulfide Fuming nitric acid, oxidizing gases Hypochlorites Acids, activated carbon Iodine Acetylene, ammonia (aqueous or anhydrous) hydrogen Mercury Acetylene, fulminic acid, ammonia Mercuric oxide Sulfur Nitrates Acids (especially sulfuric acid) Nitric acid (concentrated) Acetic acid, alcohols, aniline, chromic acid, hydrocyanic acid, hydrogen sulfide, flammable liquids and gases, copper, b heavy metals Nitrites Acids Nitroparaffins Inorganic bases, amines Oxalic acid Silver, mercury Oxygen Oils, grease, hydrogen; flammable liquids, solids and gases Perchloric acid Acetic anhydride, bismuth and its alloys, alcohol, paper, wood, grease, oils Peroxides organic Acids (organic or mineral), avoid friction or shock, store cold Phosphorous (white) Air, oxygen, alkalis, reducing agents Potassium Carbon tetrachloride, carbon dioxide, water Potassium chlorate Sulfuric and other acids Potassium perchlorate Sulfuric and other acids, see also chlorates Potassium permanganate Glycerol, ethylene glycol, benzaldehyde, sulfuric acid Selenides Reducing agents Silver Acetylene, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, ammonium compounds, fulminic acid Sodium Carbon tetrachloride, carbon dioxide, water Sodium nitrate Ammonium nitrate and other ammonium salts Sodium peroxide Ethyl or methyl alcohol, glacial acetic acid, acetic anhydride, benzaldehyde, carbon disulfide, glycerin, ethylene glycol, methyl acetate, furfural Sulfides Acids Sulfuric acid Potassium chlorate, potassium perchlorate, potassium permanganate (similar compounds of light metals, such as sodi Tellurides Reducing agents Zinc powder Sulfur Source: Safety in Academic Chemistry Laboratories, published by The American Chemical Society. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Pag

175 Incompatible Chemicals and Wastes Many chemicals, when mixed with other chemicals or materials, can produce effects which are harmful to human health and the environment, such as (1) heat or pressure, (2) fire or explosion, (3) violent reaction, (4) toxic dusts, mists, fumes, or gases, or (5) flammable fumes or gases. Below are examples of potentially incompatible chemicals or materials, along with the harmful consequences, which result from mixing materials in one group with materials in another group. The list is intended as a guide to indicate the need for special precautions when managing these potentially incompatible materials or components. This list is not intended to be exhaustive. Group 1 Potential consequences: Heat generation; violent reaction A B Acetylene sludge Alkaline caustic liquids Alkaline cleaner Alkaline corrosive liquids Alkaline corrosive battery fluid Caustic water Lime sludge and other corrosive alkalis Lime wastewater Lime and water Spent caustic Acid sludge Acid and water Battery acid Chemical cleaners Electrolyte, acid Etching acid liquid or solvent Mixed acid Pickling liquor and other corrosive acids Spent acid Sulfuric acid Group 2 Potential consequences: Fire or explosion; generation of flammable hydrogen gas. A B Aluminum Beryllium Calcium Lithium Magnesium Potassium Sodium Zinc powder Other reactive metals and metal hydrides Any chemical or waste listed in Group 1 Group 3 Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or heat generation; generation of flammable or toxic gases. A B Alcohols Water Calcium Lithium Metal hydrides Potassium SO 2Cl 2, SOCl 2, PCl 3, CH 3SiCl 3 Other water-reactive waste Concentrated chemicals or wastes listed in Group 1 UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 175

176 Group 4 Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or violent reaction. A B Alcohols Aldehydes Halogenated hydrocarbons Nitrated hydrocarbons Unsaturated hydrocarbons Other reactive organic compounds and solvents Concentrated chemicals or wastes listed in Group 1. Any chemical or waste listed in Group 2-A. Group 5 Potential consequences: Generation of toxic hydrogen cyanide or hydrogen sulfide gas. A B Cyanide and sulfide solutions Any chemical or waste listed in Group 1-B Group 6 Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or violent reaction. A B Chlorates Chlorine Chlorites Chromic acid Hyphochlorites Nitrates Nitric acid, fuming Perchlorates Permanganates Peroxides Other strong oxidizers Acetic acid and other organic acids Concentrated mineral acids Other flammable and combustible chemicals/wastes Any chemical or waste listed in Group 2-A Any chemical or waste listed in Group 4-A Source: Law, Regulations, and Guidelines for Handling of Hazardous Waste. California Department of Health, February UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 176

177 Appendix P High Energy Oxidizers Here is a list of known high-energy oxidizers. This list is not exhaustive. Ammonium perchlorate (NH 4 ClO 4 ) Ammonium permanganate (NH 4 MnO 4 ) Barium peroxide (BaO 2 ) Bromine (Br 2 ) Calcium chlorate (Ca[ClO 3 ] 2. 2H 2 O) Calcium hypochlorite (Ca[ClO] 2 ) Chlorine trifluoride (ClF 3 ) Chromium anhydride or chromic acid (CrO 3 ) Dibenzoyl peroxide ([C 6 H 5 CO] 2 O 2 ) Fluorine (F 2 ) Hydrogen peroxide (H 2 O 2 ) Magnesium perchlorate (Mg[ClO 4 ] 2 ) Nitric acid (HNO 3 ) Nitrogen peroxide (in equilibrium with nitrogen dioxide) N 2 O 4; NO 2 Nitrogen trioxide (N 2 O 3 ) Perchloric acid (HClO 4 ) Potassium bromate (KBrO 3 ) Potassium chlorate (KClO 3 ) Potassium perchlorate (KClO 4 ) Potassium peroxide (K 2 O 3 ) Propyl nitrate (normal) (CH 3 [CH 2 ] 2 NO 3 ) Sodium chlorate (NaClO 3 ) Sodium chlorate (NaClO 2 ) Sodium perchlorate (NaC1O 4 ) Sodium peroxide (Na 2 O 2 ) UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 177

178 Appendix Q Common Organic Peroxides NFPA 704 RATING Organic Peroxide * HEALTH FLAMMABILITY INSTABILITY t-amyl hydroperoxide t-amyl peroxyacetate t-amyl peroxybenzoate t-amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate t-amyl peroxyneodecanoate t-amyl peroxypivalate t-butyl cumyl peroxide n-butyl-4,4-di(t-butyl peroxy) valerate t-butyl hydroperoxide t-butyl monoperoxymaleate t-butyl peroxyacetate t-butyl peroxybenzoate t-butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate t-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexyl carbonate t-butyl peroxyisobutyrate t-butylperoxy isopropyl carbonate t-butyl peroxyneodecanoate t-butyl peroxypivalate Cumyl hydroperoxide Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate Cumyl peroxyneoheptanoate Diacetyl peroxide ,1-Di(t-amylperoxy) cyclohexane Dibenzoyl peroxide Dibenzoyl peroxide (paste) Dibenzoyl peroxide (slurry) Dibenzoyl peroxide (powder) Di (4-t-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate Di-t-butyl peroxide ,2-Di(t-butylperoxy) butane ,1-Di(t-butylperoxy) cyclohexane Di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate Di(2-t-butylperoxy-iso-propyl) benzene Di(butylperoxy) phthalate ,1-Di(t-butylperoxy)- 3,3,5-trimethyl-cyclohexane Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate Dicumyl peroxide Didecanoyl peroxide Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide Di(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate Dilauroyl peroxide ,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di(benzoylperoxy)hexane ,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di(t-butylperoxy) hexane ,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di(2-ethylhexanoylperoxy) hexane ,5-Dimethyl-2,5-dihydro-peroxyhexane Ethyl-3,3-di(t-amylperoxy) butyrate p-menthyl hydroperoxide Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide and Cyclohexanone peroxide mixture ,4-Pentanedione peroxide Peroxyacetic acid, Type E, stabilized * List is not exhaustive. Source: NFPA 432. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 178

179 Appendix R Threshold Limit Values and Flammability of Some Commonly Used Gases Substance ACGIH Ceiling Level (C) or TLV-TWA* Flammability Acetylene [C 2H 2] High, Explosive Ammonia [NH 3] 25 High Arsine [AsH 3] 0.05 High, Explosive Boron Trifluoride [BF 3] (C) 1 Low 1,3 Butadiene [C 4H 6] 2 High Carbon Dioxide [CO 2] 5000 Low Carbon Disulfide [CS 2] 10 High Carbon Monoxide [CO] 25 High Chlorine [Cl 2*] 0.5 Low Cyanogen [C 2H 2*] 10 High Cyanogen Chloride [CNCl] (C) 0.3 Low Diazomethane [CH 2NO 2] 0.2 Explosive Diborane [B 2H 6] 0.1 High Ethylene [C 2H 4] High Ethylene Oxide [C 2H 4O] 1.0 High Fluorine 1 Low Formaldehyde [CH 2O] (C) 0.3 High Hydrogen [H 2] High, Explosive Hydrogen chloride (anhydrous) [HCl] (C) 5.0 Low Hydrogen Cyanide (C) 4.7 High Hydrogen Fluoride [HF] (C)3.0 Low Hydrogen Selenide [H 2Se] 0.05 High Hydrogen Sulfide [H 2Se] 10 High Methane [CH 4] High Methyl Acetylene [C 3H 4] 1000 High Methyl Acetylene Propadiene Mixture [MAPP] 1000 High Methyl Bromide [CH 3Br] 1 High Methyl Chloride [CH 3Cl] 50 High Methyl Mercaptan [CH 4S] 0.5 High Nickel Carbonyl [Ni(CO) 4] 0.05 High Nitric Oxide [NO] 25 Low Nitrogen Dioxide [NO 2] 3 Low Nitrogen Trifluride [NF 3] 10 Low Oxygen Difluoride [OF 2] (C) 0.05 Low Ozone [O 3] γ Low Phosgene [CCl 2O] 0.1 Low Phosphine [PH 3] 0.3 High Propane [C 3H 8] 2500 High, Explosive Propylene [C 3H 6] High Silane (Silicon Tetrahydride) [SiH 4] 5 High Stibine [SbH 3] 0.1 High Sulfur Dioxide [SO 2] 2 Low Sulfur Tetrafluoride [SF 4] (C)0.1 Low Trifluorobromomethane (Halon 1301) [CBrF 3] 1000 Low Vinyl Chloride [C 2H 3Cl] 1 High * parts per million. γ Depending on type of work. References: CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety 3 rd Edition 2000 Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices, ACGIH 1991 NFPA 45 Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals ACGIH TLV-TWA: Threshold limit value (see glossary) ACGIH TLV-C: Ceiling value (see glossary) UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 179

180 Appendix S Carcinogens Report on Carcinogens, Eleventh Edition; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Toxicology Program ( Known Carcinogens Substances or groups of substances, occupational exposures associated with a technological process and medical treatments that are known to be carcinogenic*. Aflatoxins Alcoholic Beverage Consumption 4-Aminobiphenyl Analgesic Mixtures Containing Phenacetin Arsenic Compounds, Inorganic Asbestos Azathioprine Benzene Benzidine Beryllium and Beryllium Compounds 1,3-Butadiene 1,4-Butanediol Dimethanesulfonate (Myleran ) Cadmium and Cadmium Compounds Chlorambucil 1-(2-Chloroethyl)-3-(4-methylcyclohexyl)-1-nitrosourea (MeCCNU) bis(chloromethyl) Ether and Technical-Grade Chloromethyl Methyl Ether Chromium Hexavalent Compounds Coal Tar Pitches Coal Tars Coke Oven Emissions Cyclophosphamide Cyclosporin A Diethylstilbestrol Dyes Metabolized to Benzidine Environmental Tobacco Smoke Erionite Estrogens, Steroidal Ethylene Oxide Hepatitis B Virus Hepatitis C Virus Human Papillomas Viruses: Some Genital-Mucosal Types Melphalan Methoxsalen with Ultraviolet A Therapy (PUVA) Mineral Oils (Untreated and Mildly Treated) Mustard Gas 2-Naphthylamine Neutrons Nickel Compounds Radon Silica, Crystalline (Respirable Size) Smokeless Tobacco Solar Radiation Soots Strong Inorganic Acid Mists Containing Sulfuric Acid Sunlamps or Sunbeds, Exposure to Tamoxifen 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD); Dioxin Thiotepa Thorium Dioxide Tobacco Smoking Vinyl Chloride Ultraviolet Radiation, Broad Spectrum UV Radiation Wood Dust X-Radiation and Gamma Radiation * For the purpose of this list, known carcinogens are defined as agents with sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity from studies in humans, which indicates a causal relationship between exposure to the agent, substance or mixture and human cancer. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 180

181 Probable Carcinogens Substances or groups of substances and medical treatments which may reasonably be anticipated to be carcinogens**. Acetaldehyde 2-Acetylaminofluorene Acrylamide Acrylonitrile Adriamycin (Doxorubicin Hydrochloride) 2-Aminoanthraquinone o-aminoazotoluene 1-Amino-2,4-dibromoanthraquinone 1-Amino-2-methylanthraquinone 2-Amino-3,4-dimethylimidazo[4,5-f ]quinoline (MeIQ) 2-Amino-3,8-dimethylimidazo[4,5-f ]quinoxaline (MeIQx) 2-Amino-3-methylimidazo[4,5-f ]quinoline (IQ) 2-Amino-1-methyl-6-phenylimidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (PhIP) Amitrole o-anisidine Hydrochloride Azacitidine (5-Azacytidine, 5-AzaC) Benz[a]anthracene Benzo[b]fluoranthene Benzo[j]fluoranthene Benzo[k]fluoranthene Benzo[a]pyrene Benzotrichloride Bromodichloromethane 2,2-bis-(Bromoethyl)-1,3-propanediol (Technical Grade) Butylated Hydroxyanisole (BHA) Carbon Tetrachloride Ceramic Fibers (Respirable Size) Chloramphenicol Chlorendic Acid Chlorinated Paraffins (C1 2, 60% Chlorine) 1-(2-Chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea bis(chloroethyl) nitrosourea Chloroform 3-Chloro-2-methylpropene 4-Chloro-o-phenylenediamine Chloroprene p-chloro-o-toluidine and p-chloro-o-toluidine Hydrochloride Chlorozotocin C.I. Basic Red 9 Monohydrochloride Cisplatin Cobalt Sulfate p-cresidine Cupferron Dacarbazine Danthron (1,8-Dihydroxyanthraquinone) 2,4-Diaminoanisole Sulfate 2,4-Diaminotoluene Diazoaminobenzene Dibenz[a,h]acridine Dibenz[a,j]acridine Dibenz[a,h]anthracene 7H-Dibenzo[c,g]carbazole Dibenzo[a,e]pyrene Dibenzo[a,h]pyrene Dibenzo[a,i]pyrene Dibenzo[a,l]pyrene 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane 1,2-Dibromoethane (Ethylene Dibromide) 2,3-Dibromo-1-propanol tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) Phosphate 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 3,3 -Dichlorobenzidine and 3,3 -Dichlorobenzidine Dihydrochloride Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT) 1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene Dichloride) Dichloromethane (Methylene Chloride) 1,3-Dichloropropene (Technical Grade) Diepoxybutane Diesel Exhaust Particulates Diethyl Sulfate Diglycidyl Resorcinol Ether 3,3 -Dimethoxybenzidine 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene 3,3 -Dimethylbenzidine Dimethylcarbamoyl Chloride 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine Dimethyl Sulfate Dimethylvinyl Chloride 1,6-Dinitropyrene 1,8-Dinitropyrene 1,4-Dioxane Disperse Blue 1 Dyes Metabolized to 3,3 -Dimethoxybenzidine Dyes Metabolized to 3,3 -Dimethylbenzidine Epichlorohydrin Ethylene Thiourea di(2-ethylhexyl) Phthalate Ethyl Methanesulfonate Formaldehyde (Gas) Furan Glass Wool (Respirable Size) Glycidol Hexachlorobenzene Hexachlorocyclohexane Isomers Hexachloroethane Hexamethylphosphoramide Hydrazine and Hydrazine Sulfate Hydrazobenzene Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene Iron Dextran Complex Isoprene Kepone (Chlordecone) Lead and Lead Compounds Lindane and Other Hexachlorocyclohexane Isomers 2-Methylaziridine (Propylenimine) 5-Methylchrysene 4,4 -Methylenebis (2-chloroaniline) 4-4 -Methylenebis (N,N-dimethyl) benzenamine 4,4 -Methylenedianiline and its Dihydrochloride Salt Methyleugenol Methyl Methanesulfonate N-Methyl-N -nitro-n-nitrosoguanidine Metronidazole Michler s Ketone [4,4 -(Dimethylamino) benzophenone] UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 181

182 Mirex Naphthalene Nickel (Metallic) Nitrilotriacetic Acid o-nitroanisole Nitrobenzene 6-Nitrochrysene Nitrofen (2,4-Dichlorophenyl-p-nitrophenyl ether) Nitrogen Mustard Hydrochloride Nitromethane 2-Nitropropane 1-Nitropyrene 4-Nitropyrene N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine N-Nitrosodiethanolamine N-Nitrosodiethylamine N-Nitrosodimethylamine N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine N-Nitroso-N-ethylurea 4-(N-Nitrosomethylamino)-1-(3-pyridyl)-1-butanone N-Nitroso-N-methylurea N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine N-Nitrosomorpholine N-Nitrosonornicotine N-Nitrosopiperidine N-Nitrosopyrrolidine N-Nitrososarcosine Norethisterone Ochratoxin A 4,4 -Oxydianiline Oxymetholone Phenacetin Phenazopyridine Hydrochloride Phenolphthalein Phenoxybenzamine Hydrochloride Phenytoin Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBBs) Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) Procarbazine Hydrochloride Progesterone 1,3-Propane Sultone β-propiolactone Propylene Oxide Propylthiouracil Reserpine Safrole Selenium Sulfide Streptozotocin Styrene-7,8-oxide Sulfallate Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene) Tetrafluoroethylene Tetranitromethane Thioacetamide 4,4 -Thiodianaline Thiourea Toluene Diisocyanate o-toluidine and o-toluidine Hydrochloride Toxaphene Trichloroethylene 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 1,2,3-Trichloropropane Ultraviolet A Radiation Ultraviolet B Radiation Ultraviolet C Radiation Urethane Vinyl Bromide 4-Vinyl-1-cyclohexene Diepoxide Vinyl Flouride ** For the purpose of this report, substances which may reasonable be anticipated to be carcinogens are defined as those agents with: Limited evidence of carcinogenicity from studies in humans, which indicates that causal interpretation is credible, but that alternative explanations, such as chance, bias or confounding factors, could not adequately be excluded, or Sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity from studies in experimental animals, which indicates there is an increased incidence of malignant and/or a combination of malignant and benign tumors (1) in multiple species or at multiple tissue sites or (2) by multiple routes of exposure or (3) to an unusual degree with regard to incidence, site or type of tumor or age at onset or Less than sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity in humans or laboratory animals; however, the agent, substance or mixture belongs to a well-defined, structurally related class of substances whose members are listed in a previous Report on Carcinogens as either known to be a human carcinogen or reasonably anticipated to be a human carcinogen or there is convincing relevant information that the agent acts through mechanisms indicating it would likely cause cancer in humans. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 182

183 Appendix T Particularly Hazardous Substances Chemical Acutely Toxic Peroxidizable Reproductive Toxin Select Carcinogen Glove Selection ψ Acetal Yes Acetaldehyde Yes Silver Shield, butyl rubber, 4H 2-Acetylaminofluorine Yes Acrolein Yes Butyl rubber Acrylamide Yes (30-70%) Butyl rubber, polyvinyl chloride, nitrile rubber Acrylonitrile Yes Butyl rubber, Silver Shield Aflatoxin Yes Aflatoxin B1 Yes Aflatoxin B2 Yes Aflatoxin G1 Yes Aflatoxin G2 Yes Aflatoxin M1 Yes 4-Aminobiphenyl Yes Arsenic Yes Yes Arsine Yes Asbestos Yes Azathioprine Yes Barium Chromate Yes Benzene Yes Yes Polyvinyl alcohol, Silver Shield, Viton Benzidine Yes Butadiene Yes Viton 1,4-Butanediol Dimethylsulfonate Yes Cadmium Yes Carbon Disulfide Yes Polyvinyl alcohol, Viton, Silver Shield Chloramabucil Yes Chlorine Yes Neoprene, butyl rubber, nitrile rubber, Viton Chlornaphazine Yes Butyl rubber, natural rubber, Silver Shield Chloromethyl Methyl Ether Yes Chloroprene Yes Polyvinyl alcohol, Viton Chromium Yes Cumene Yes Viton Cyclohexene Yes Cyclopentene Yes Cyclophosphamide Yes Decalin Yes Viton Diacetylene Yes Diazomethane Yes Diborane Yes 1,2-Dibromo-3-Chloropropane Yes Yes 3-3 -Dichlorobenzidine Yes Dicyclopentadiene Yes Nitrile rubber Diethylene Glycol Dimethyl Ether Yes Polyethylene, polyvinyl alcohol Diethyl ether Yes Polyvinyl alcohol, Silver Shield Diethylnitrosamine Yes Butyl rubber, Silver Shield Diethylstilbestrol Yes 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene Yes Dimethylmercury Yes Silver Shield Dimethyl Sulfate Yes Butyl rubber, Silver Shield Dioxane Yes Silver Shield, butyl rubber UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 183

184 Chemical Acutely Toxic Peroxidizable Reproductive Toxin Select Carcinogen Glove Selection ψ Divinyl Ether Yes Ethylene Dibromide Yes Viton, Silver Shield Ethylene Glycol Dimethyl Ether Yes Butyl rubber Ethylene Glycol Monoethyl Ether Yes Yes Butyl rubber, Silver Shield Ethylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Yes Yes Butyl rubber Ethylene Oxide Yes Yes Butyl rubber, Silver Shield Ethylenimine Yes Butyl rubber Formaldehyde Yes Nitrile rubber, Viton, Silver Shield, butyl rubber Furan Yes Butyl rubber (limited protection - search for a better alternative) Hexamethylphosphoramide Yes Butyl rubber (limited protection - search for a better alternative) Hydrazine Yes Butyl rubber, polyvinyl chloride, nitrile rubber, neoprene Hydrogen Cyanide Yes Silver Shield Hydrogen Fluoride and Hydrofluoric Acid Yes Neoprene (limited protection - search for a better alternative) Isopropyl Ether Yes Lead Yes Melphalan Yes Mercury Yes Silver Shield Methyl Fluorosulfate Yes Methyl Acetylene Yes Methylcyclopentane Yes 4,4 -Methylenebis (2-chloroaniline) Yes Methyl Isobutyl Ketone Yes Butyl rubber, polyvinyl alcohol Mustard Gas Yes Butyl rubber, Silver Shield α-naphthylamine Yes Nickel Carbonyl Yes Yes 4-Nitrobiphenyl Yes Nitrogen Dioxide Yes Osmium Tetroxide Yes Ozone Yes Viton Phosgene Yes Potassium Yes Rubber, neoprene Potassium Cyanide Yes (<30% KCN) Polyethylene β-propiolactone Yes Sodium Amide Yes Sodium Azide Yes Sodium Cyanide Yes (Solid NaCN only) Natural rubber, neoprene, nitrile rubber, polyvinyl chloride Styrene Yes Viton, polyvinyl alcohol, ethyl vinyl laminate Tetrafluoroethylene Yes Butyl rubber, neoprene, polyvinyl alcohol, Viton Tetrahydrofuran Yes Silver Shield Tetralin Yes Nitrile Thorium Dioxide Yes Rubber Toluene Yes Silver Shield, Viton, polyvinyl alcohol Treosulfan Yes Vinyl Actetate Yes Polyethylene, ethylene vinyl alcohol Vinylacetylene Yes Vinyl Chloride Yes Yes Yes Nitrile rubber, Viton Vinylidine Chloride Yes Polyvinyl alcohol Vinylpyridine Yes Xylene Yes Silver Shield, polyvinyl alcohol, Viton Dimethylmercury is not allowed at UNH. ψ Check with the chemical manufacturer to determine which glove is correct for the work you will be performing. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 184

185 Appendix U Individual Health and Safety Plan Individual Laboratory Safety Plan (To be filled out by faculty member) Faculty Member: Building: Office Phone: Department: Room: Lab Phone: Identification of Hazards: [e.g., chemical, biological, ionizing or non-ionizing radiation, physical (be specific)]. Required Training: Include appropriate training (e.g., Biological Safety and Sharps Training, Hazard Communication Training, Fire Extinguisher Training, Radiation Safety Training), departmental training and individual lab training. Medical Monitoring: (e.g., if working with human blood, hepatitis B immunization must be offered). Registrations/Notifications/Permits: e.g., Animal Use (IACUC), radiation (RSC, OEHS), biohazards (IBC, OEHS). Special Emergency Procedures List of Laboratory Personnel: Signature: Date: UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 185

186 Appendix V Biological Agents & Biosafety Levels TYPE BIOLOGICAL SAFETY LEVEL Agent Bacterial Fungal Parasitic Prion Rickettsia Virus BSL-1 BSL-2 BSL-3 BSL-4 Bacillus anthracis X X Bordetella pertussis X X Brucella (B. abortus, B. canis, B. melitensis, B. suis) X X β X χ Burkholderia mallei (Pseudomonas mallei) X X Burkholderia pseudomallei (Pseudomonas pseudomallei) X X Campylobacter (C. jejuni/c. coli, C. fetus subsp. fetus) X X Chlamydia psittaci, C. pneumoniae, C. trachomatis) X X Clostridium botulinum X X Clostridium tetani X X Corynebacterium diphtheriae X X Escherichia coli (Cytotoxin-producing (VTEC/SLT) organisms) X X Francisella tularensis X X χ Helicobacter pylori X X Leptospira interrogans all serovars X X Listeria monocytogenes X X Legionella pneumophila; other Legionella-like agents X X Mycobacterium leprae X X Mycobacterium spp. other than M. tuberculosis, M. bovis or M. leprae X X Mycobacterium tuberculosis, M. bovis X X δ Neisseria gonorrhoeae X X Neisseria meningitidis X X Salmonella all serotypes except typhi X X Salmonella typhi X X Shigella spp. X X Treponema pallidum X X Vibrionic enteritis (Vibrio cholerae, V. parahaemolyticus) X X Yersinia pestis X X Blastomyces dermatitidis X X Coccidioides immitis X X ε Cryptococcus neoformans X X Histoplasma capsulatum X X δ β χ δ ε φ γ η = BSL category by one if (1) there is a potential to create aerosols, (2) working with antibiotic resistant strains or (3) engaged in large scale production operations. = Clinical specimens only. = BSL category by one for all manipulations of cultures of the pathogenic agent or experimental animal studies. = BSL category by one if propagating or manipulating cultures or if utilizing nonhuman primates for animal studies. = BSL category by one if propagating or manipulating sporulating cultures. = BSL category by one if propagating or manipulating human or primate prions. = BSL category by one if (1) inoculating, incubating or harvesting embryonic eggs or cell cultures, (2) conducting necropsy of infected animals or (3) manipulating infected tissue. = BSL category by one if (1) there is a potential to create aerosols, (2) working with infected animals or tissue or (3) engaged in work with large quantities of virus. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 186

187 TYPE BIOLOGICAL SAFETY LEVEL Agent Bacterial Fungal Parasitic Prion Rickettsia Virus BSL-1 BSL-2 BSL-3 BSL-4 Sporothrix schenckii X X Pathogenic Members of the Genera Epidermophyton, Microsporum and X X Trichophyton Miscellaneous Molds X X Blood and Tissue Protozoal Parasites of Humans X X Intestinal Protozoal Parasites of Humans X X Trematode Parasites of Humans (Schistosoma spp. and Fasciola spp.) X X Cestode Parasites of Humans Echinococcus granulosus, Taenia solium (cysticercus cellulosae) X X and Hymenolepis nana Nematode Parasites of Humans X X Bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE) prion X X φ Chronic wasting disease (CWD) prion X X φ Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD) prion X X φ Exotic ungulate encephalopathy (EUE) prion X X φ Feline spongiform encephalopathy (FSE) prion X X φ Gatal familial insomnia (FFI) prion X X φ Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome (GSS) prion X X φ Kuru prion X X φ Scrapie prion X X φ Transmissible mink encephalopathy (TME) prion X X φ Coxiella burnettii X X γ Rickettsia prowazekii, Rickettsia typhi, (R. mooseri) orientia (Rickettsia) tsutsugamushi and Spotted Fever Group agents of human disease, Rickettsia rickettsii, Rickettsia conorii, X X γ Rickettsia akari, Rickettsia australis, Rickettsia siberica and Rickettsia japonicum Hantaviruses X X η X η Hendra and Hendra-like Viruses (includes virus formerly know as Equine X X η Morbillivirus) Hepatitis A Virus, Hepatitis E Virus X X Hepatitis B Virus, Hepatitis C Virus (formerly known as nona nonb Virus), X X γ Hepatitis D Virus Herpesvirus simiae (Cercopithecine herpesvirus [CHV-1], B-virus) X X η X η β χ δ ε φ γ η = BSL category by one if (1) there is a potential to create aerosols, (2) working with antibiotic resistant strains or (3) engaged in large scale production operations. = Clinical specimens only. = BSL category by one for all manipulations of cultures of the pathogenic agent or experimental animal studies. = BSL category by one if propagating or manipulating cultures or if utilizing nonhuman primates for animal studies. = BSL category by one if propagating or manipulating sporulating cultures. = BSL category by one if propagating or manipulating human or primate prions. = BSL category by one if (1) inoculating, incubating or harvesting embryonic eggs or cell cultures, (2) conducting necropsy of infected animals or (3) manipulating infected tissue. = BSL category by one if (1) there is a potential to create aerosols, (2) working with infected animals or tissue or (3) engaged in work with large quantities of virus. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 187

188 TYPE BIOLOGICAL SAFETY LEVEL Agent Bacterial Fungal Parasitic Prion Rickettsia Virus BSL-1 BSL-2 BSL-3 BSL-4 Human Herpesviruses X X Influenza X X Lymphocytic Choriomeningitis Virus X X η Poliovirus X X η Poxviruses X X Rabies Virus X X η Retroviruses, including Human and Simian Immunodeficiency Viruses (HIV and SIV) X X η Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathies (Creutzfeldt-Jakob, kuru and related agents) X X Vesicular Stomatitis Virus X X η For information about arboviruses, please refer to the CDC/NIH guidance document titled, Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, latest edition at β χ δ ε φ γ η = BSL category by one if (1) there is a potential to create aerosols, (2) working with antibiotic resistant strains or (3) engaged in large scale production operations. = Clinical specimens only. = BSL category by one for all manipulations of cultures of the pathogenic agent or experimental animal studies. = BSL category by one if propagating or manipulating cultures or if utilizing nonhuman primates for animal studies. = BSL category by one if propagating or manipulating sporulating cultures. = BSL category by one if propagating or manipulating human or primate prions. = BSL category by one if (1) inoculating, incubating or harvesting embryonic eggs or cell cultures, (2) conducting necropsy of infected animals or (3) manipulating infected tissue. = BSL category by one if (1) there is a potential to create aerosols, (2) working with infected animals or tissue or (3) engaged in work with large quantities of virus. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 188

189 Appendix W Biological Agents Exempt from the NIH Guidelines Bacillus amyloliquefaciens Bacillus aterrimus Bacillus globigii Bacillus licheniformis Bacillus nato Bacillus niger Bacillus pumilus Bacillus subtilis Genus Citrobacter including Levinea Genus Enterobacter Genus Erwinia Genus Escherichia Genus Klebsiella including oxytoca Genus Salmonella including Arizona Genus Shigella One way transfer of Streptococcus mutans or Streptococcus lactis DNA into Streptococcus sanguis Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas putida, Pseudomonas fluorescens and Pseudomonas mendocina Serratia marcescens Streptococcus faecalis Streptococcus mutans Streptococcus pneumoniae Streptococcus pyogenes Streptococcus sanguis Streptomyces aureofaciens Streptomyces coelicolor Streptomyces cyaneus Streptomyces griseus Streptomyces rimosus Streptomyces venezuelae Yersinia enterocolitica Recombinant DNA molecules derived entirely from extrachromosomal elements of the organisms listed below (including shuttle vectors constructed from vectors), propagated and maintained in organisms listed below are exempt from the NIH Guidelines. Fungal Agents Bacillus amyloliquefaciens Bacillus amylosacchariticus Bacillus anthracis Bacillus aterrimus Bacillus brevis Bacillus cereus Bacillus globigii Bacillus licheniformis Bacillus megaterium Bacillus natto Bacillus niger Bacillus pumilus Bacillus sphaericus Bacillus stearothermophilis Bacillus subtilis Bacillus thuringiensis Clostridium acetobutylicum Lactobacillus casei Listeria grayi Listeria monocytogenes Listeria murrayi Pediococcus acidilactici Pediococcus damnosus Pediococcus pentosaceus Staphylcoccus carnosus Staphylococcus aureus Staphylococcus epidermidis Streptococcus agalactiae Streptococcus anginosus Streptococcus avium Streptococcus cremoris Streptococcus dorans Streptococcus equisimilis Streptococcus faecalis Streptococcus ferns Streptococcus ferus Streptococcus lactis Streptococcus mitior Streptococcus mutans Streptococcus pneumoniae Streptococcus pyogenes Streptococcus salivarious Streptococcus sanguis Streptococcus sobrinus Streptococcus thermophylus Source: NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 189

190 Appendix X Risk Groups and Associated Agents from the NIH Guidelines Risk Group 2 (RG2) Agents associated with human disease which is rarely serious and for which preventive or therapeutic interventions are often available (work should be performed at BSL-2). Bacterial Agents Including Chlamydia Acinetobacter baumannii (formerly Acinetobacter calcoaceticus) Actinobacillus Actinomyces pyogenes (formerly Corynebacterium pyogenes) Aeromonas hydrophila Amycolata autotrophica Archanobacterium haemolyticum (formerly Corynebacterium haemolyticum) Arizona hinshawii all serotypes Bacillus anthracis Bartonella henselae, B. quintana, B. vinsonii Bordetella including B. pertussis Borrelia recurrentis, B. burgdorferi Burkholderia (formerly Pseudomonas species) except those listed RG3 agents Campylobacter coli, C. fetus, C. jejuni Chlamydia psittaci, C. trachomatis, C. pneumoniae Clostridium botulinum, Cl. chauvoei, Cl. haemolyticum, Cl. histolyticum, Cl. novyi, Cl. septicum, Cl. tetani Corynebacterium diphtheriae, C. pseudotuberculosis, C. renale Dermatophilus congolensis Edwardsiella tarda Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae Escherichia coli all enteropathogenic, enterotoxigenic, enteroinvasive and strains bearing K1 antigen, including E. coli O157:H7 Haemophilus ducreyi, H. influenzae Helicobacter pylori Fungal Agents Blastomyces dermatitidis Cladosporium bantianum, C. (Xylohypha) trichoides Cryptococcus neoformans Dactylaria galopava (Ochroconis gallopavum) Epidermophyton Exophiala (Wangiella) dermatitidis Klebsiella all species except K. oxytoca (RG1) Legionella including L. pneumophila Leptospira interrogans all serotypes Listeria Moraxella Mycobacterium (except agents specified in RG3) including M. avium complex, M. asiaticum, M. bovis BCG vaccine strain, M. chelonei, M. fortuitum, M. kansasii, M. leprae, M. malmoense, M. marinum, M. paratuberculosis, M. scrofulaceum, M. simiae, M. szulgai, M. ulcerans, M. xenopi Mycoplasma, except M. mycoides and M. agalactiae which are restricted animal pathogens Neisseria gonorrhoeae, N. meningitides Nocardia asteroides, N. brasiliensis, N. otitidiscaviarum, N. transvalensis Rhodococcus equi Salmonella including S. arizonae, S. cholerasuis, S. enteritidis, S. gallinarum pullorum, S. meleagridis, S. paratyphi, A, B, C, S. typhi, S. typhimurium Shigella including S. boydii, S. dysenteriae, type 1, S. flexneri, S. sonnei Sphaerophorus necrophorus Staphylococcus aureus Streptobacillus moniliformis Streptococcus including S. pneumoniae, S. pyogenes Treponema pallidum, T. carateum Vibrio cholerae, V. parahemolyticus, V. vulnificus Yersinia enterocolitica Fonsecaea pedrosoi Microsporum Paracoccidioides braziliensis Penicillium marneffei Sporothrix schenckii Trichophyton UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 190

191 Parasitic Agents Ancylostoma human hookworms including A. duodenale, A. ceylanicum Ascaris including Ascaris lumbricoides suum Babesia including B. divergens, B. microti Brugia filaria worms including B. malayi, B. timori Coccidia Cryptosporidium including C. parvum Cysticercus cellulosae (hydatid cyst, larva of T. solium) Echinococcus including E. granulosis, E. multilocularis, E. vogeli Entamoeba histolytica Enterobius Fasciola including F. gigantica, F. hepatica Giardia including G. lamblia Heterophyes Hymenolepis including H. diminuta, H. nana Isospora Viruses Adenoviruses, human all types Alphaviruses (Togaviruses) Group A Arboviruses Eastern equine encephalomyelitis virus Venezuelan equine encephalomyelitis vaccine strain TC 83 Western equine encephalomyelitis virus Arenaviruses Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (non neurotropic strains) Tacaribe virus complex Other viruses as listed in the reference sources of the NIH guidelines Bunyaviruses Bunyamwera virus Rift Valley fever virus vaccine strain MP 12 Other viruses as listed in the reference sources of the NIH guidelines Caliciviruses Coronaviruses Flaviviruses (Togaviruses) Group B Arboviruses Dengue virus serotypes 1, 2, 3 and 4 Yellow fever virus vaccine strain 17D Other viruses as listed in the reference sources of the NIH guidelines Hepatitis A, B, C, D and E viruses Herpesviruses except Herpesvirus simiae (Monkey B virus) [see RG4] Cytomegalovirus Epstein Barr virus Herpes simplex types 1 and 2 Herpes zoster Human herpesvirus types 6 and 7 Leishmania including L. braziliensis, L. donovani, L. ethiopia, L. major, L. mexicana, L. peruvania, L. tropica Loa loa filaria worms Microsporidium Naegleria fowleri Necator human hookworms including N. americanus Onchocerca filaria worms including, O. volvulus Plasmodium including simian species, P. cynomologi, P. falciparum, P. malariae, P. ovale, P. vivax Sarcocystis including S. sui hominis Schistosoma including S. haematobium, S. intercalatum, S. japonicum, S. mansoni, S. mekongi Strongyloides including S. stercoralis Taenia solium Toxocara including T. canis Toxoplasma including T. gondii Trichinella spiralis Orthomyxoviruses Influenza viruses types A, B and C Other tick borne orthomyxoviruses as listed in the reference sources of the NIH guidelines Papovaviruses All human papilloma viruses Paramyxoviruses Newcastle disease virus Measles virus Mumps virus Parainfluenza viruses types 1, 2, 3 and 4 Respiratory syncytial virus Parvoviruses Human parvovirus (B19) Picornaviruses Coxsackie viruses types A and B Echoviruses all types Polioviruses all types, wild and attenuated Rhinoviruses all types Poxviruses all types except Monkeypox virus [see RG3] and restricted poxviruses including Alastrim, Smallpox and Whitepox Reoviruses all types including Coltivirus, human Rotavirus and Orbivirus (Colorado tick fever virus) Rhabdoviruses Rabies virus all strains Vesicular stomatitis virus laboratory adapted strains including VSV Indiana, San Juan and Glasgow Togaviruses (see Alphaviruses and Flaviviruses) Rubivirus (rubella) Source: NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 191

192 Risk Group 3 (RG3) Agents associated with serious or lethal disease for which preventative or therapeutic interventions may be available (work should be performed at BSL-3). Bacterial Agents Including Rickettsia Bartonella Brucella including B. abortus, B. canis, B. suis Burkholderia (Pseudomonas) mallei, B. pseudomallei Coxiella burnetii Francisella tularensis Mycobacterium bovis (except BCG strain, see RG2) (Including Chlamydia), M. tuberculosis Fungal Agents Coccidioides immitis (sporulating cultures; contaminated soil) Pasteurella multocida type B buffalo and other virulent strains Rickettsia akari, R. australis, R. canada, R. conorii, R. prowazekii, R. rickettsii, R, siberica, R. tsutsugamushi, R. typhi (R. mooseri) Yersinia pestis Histoplasma capsulatum, H. capsulatum var.. duboisii Parasitic Agents None Viruses and Prions Alphaviruses (Togaviruses) Group A Arboviruses Semliki Forest virus St. Louis encephalitis virus Venezuelan equine encephalomyelitis virus (except the vaccine strain TC 83, see RG2) Other viruses as listed in the reference sources in the NIH guidelines Arenaviruses Flexal Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (LCM) (neurotropic strains) Bunyaviruses Hantaviruses including Hantaan virus Rift Valley fever virus Flaviviruses (Togaviruses) Group B Arboviruses Japanese encephalitis virus Yellow fever virus Other viruses as listed in the reference sources in the NIH guidelines Poxviruses Monkeypox virus Prions Transmissible spongioform encephalopathies (TME) agents (Creutzfeldt Jacob disease and kuru agents) Retroviruses Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) types 1 and 2 Human T cell lymphotropic virus (HTLV) types 1 and 2 Simian immunodeficiency virus (SIV) Rhabdoviruses Vesicular stomatitis virus Source: NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 192

193 Risk Group 4 Agents are likely to cause serious or lethal human disease for which preventive or therapeutic interventions are not usually available (work should be performed at BSL-4). Bacterial Agents None Fungal Agents None Parasitic Agents None Viral Agents Arenaviruses Guanarito virus Lassa virus Junin virus Machupo virus Sabia Bunyaviruses (Nairovirus) Crimean Congo hemorrhagic fever virus Filoviruses Ebola virus Marburg virus Flaviruses (Togaviruses) Group B Arboviruses Tick borne encephalitis virus complex including Absetterov, Central European encephalitis, Hanzalova, Hypr, Kumlinge, Kyasanur Forest disease, Omsk hemorrhagic fever and Russian spring summer encephalitis viruses Herpesviruses (alpha) Herpesvirus simiae (Herpes B or Monkey B virus) Paramyxoviruses Equine morbillivirus Trypanosoma including T. brucei brucei, T. brucei gambiense, T. brucei rhodesiense, T. cruzi Wuchereria bancrofti filaria worms Source: NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 193

194 Appendix Y OSHA Laboratory Standard (a) Scope and application (a)(1) This section shall apply to all employers engaged in the laboratory use of hazardous chemicals as defined below (a)(2) Where this section applies, it shall supersede, for laboratories, the requirements of all other OSHA health standards in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, except as follows: (a)(2)(i) For any OSHA health standard, only the requirement to limit employee exposure to the specific permissible exposure limit shall apply for laboratories, unless that particular standard states otherwise or unless the conditions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section apply (a)(2)(ii) Prohibition of eye and skin contact where specified by any OSHA health standard shall be observed (a)(2)(iii) Where the action level (or in the absence of an action level, the permissible exposure limit) is routinely exceeded for an OSHA regulated substance with exposure monitoring and medical surveillance requirements paragraphs (d) and (g)(1)(ii) of this section shall apply (a)(3) This section shall not apply to: (a)(3)(i) (a)(3)(i) Uses of hazardous chemicals which do not meet the definition of laboratory use and in such cases, the employer shall comply with the relevant standard in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart 2, even if such use occurs in a laboratory (a)(3)(ii) Laboratory uses of hazardous chemicals which provide no potential for employee exposure. Examples of such conditions might include: Procedures using chemically-impregnated test media such as Dipand-Read tests where a reagent strip is dipped into the specimen to be tested and the results are interpreted by comparing the color reaction to a color chart supplied by the manufacturer of the test strip; and (a)(3)(ii)(B) Commercially prepared kits such as those used in performing pregnancy tests in which all of the reagents needed to conduct the test are contained in the kit (b) Definitions - Action level means a concentration designated in 29 CFR part 1910 for a specific substance, calculated as an eight (8)-hour timeweighted average, which initiates certain required activities such as exposure monitoring and medical surveillance. Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor or designee. Carcinogen (see select carcinogen ). Chemical Hygiene Officer means an employee who is designated by the employer and who is qualified by training or experience, to provide technical guidance in the development and implementation of the provisions of the Chemical Hygiene Plan. This definition is not intended to place limitations on the position description or job classification that the designated individual shall hold within the employer s organizational structure. Chemical Hygiene Plan means a written program developed and implemented by the employer which sets forth procedures, equipment, personal protective equipment and work practices that (i) are capable of protecting employees from the health hazards presented by hazardous chemicals used in that particular workplace and (ii) meets the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section. Combustible liquid means any liquid having a flashpoint at or above 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C), but below 200 deg. F (93.3 deg. C), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 200 deg. F (93.3 deg. C) or higher, the total volume of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture. Compressed gas means: (i) A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70 deg. F (21.1 deg. C); or (a)(3)(ii)(A) UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 194

195 (ii) A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130 deg. F (54.4 deg C) regardless of the pressure at 70 deg. F (21.1 deg. C); or (iii) A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100 deg. F (37.8 C) as determined by ASTM D Designated area means an area which may be used for work with select carcinogens, reproductive toxins or substances which have a high degree of acute toxicity. A designated area may be the entire laboratory, an area of a laboratory or a device such as a laboratory hood. Emergency means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers or failure of control equipment which results in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous chemical into the workplace. Employee means an individual employed in a laboratory workplace who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals in the course of his or her assignments. Explosive means a chemical that causes a sudden, almost instantaneous release of pressure, gas and heat when subjected to sudden shock, pressure or high temperature. Flammable means a chemical that falls into one of the following categories: (i) Aerosol, flammable means an aerosol that, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR , yields a flame protection exceeding 18 inches at full valve opening or a flashback (a flame extending back to the valve) at any degree of valve opening; (ii) Gas, flammable means: (A) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a flammable mixture with air at a concentration of 13 percent by volume or less; or (B) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range of flammable mixtures with air wider than 12 percent by volume, regardless of the lower limit. (iii) Liquid, flammable means any liquid having a flashpoint below 100 deg F (37.8 deg. C), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 100 deg. C) or higher, the total of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture. (iv) Solid, flammable means a solid, other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in (a), that is liable to cause fire through friction, absorption of moisture, spontaneous chemical change or retained heat from manufacturing or processing or which can be ignited readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be a flammable solid if, when tested by the method described in 16 CFR , it ignites and burns with a selfsustained flame at a rate greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis. Flashpoint means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off a vapor in sufficient concentration to ignite when tested as follows: (i) Tagliabue Closed Tester (See American National Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, Z (ASTM D 56-79)) - for liquids with a viscosity of less than 45 Saybolt Universal Seconds (SUS) at 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C), that do not contain suspended solids and do not have a tendency to form a surface film under test; or (ii) Pensky-Martens Closed Tester (See American National Standard Method of Test for Flashpoint by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, Z (ASTM D 93-79)) - for liquids with a viscosity equal to or greater than 45 SUS at 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C ) or that contain suspended solids or that have a tendency to form a surface film under test; or (iii) Setaflash Closed Tester (see American National Standard Method of test for Flash Point by Setaflash Closed Tester (ASTM D )). Organic peroxides, which undergo autoaccelerating thermal decomposition, are excluded from any of the flashpoint determination methods specified above. Hazardous chemical means a chemical for which there is statistically significant evidence based on at least one study conducted in accordance with established scientific principles that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. The term health hazard includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents which act on the hematopoietic systems and agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes or mucous membranes. Appendices A and B of the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR ) provide further guidance in defining the scope of health hazards and determining whether or not a chemical is to be considered hazardous for purposes of this standard. Laboratory means a facility where the laboratory use of hazardous chemicals occurs. It is a workplace where relatively small quantities of hazardous chemicals are used on a nonproduction basis. Laboratory scale means work with substances in which the containers used for reactions, transfers and other handling of substances are designed to be easily and safety manipulated by one person. Laboratory scale excludes those workplaces whose function is to produce commercial quantities of materials. Laboratory-type hood means a device located in a laboratory, enclosure on five sides with a movable sash or fixed partial enclosed on the remaining side; constructed and maintained to UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 195

196 draw air from the laboratory and to prevent or minimize the escape of air contaminants into the laboratory; and allows chemical manipulations to be conducted in the enclosure without insertion of any portion of the employee s body other than hands and arms. Walk-in hoods with adjustable sashes meet the above definition provided that the sashes are adjusted during use so that the airflow and the exhaust of air contaminants are not compromised and employees do not work inside the enclosure during the release of airborne hazardous chemicals. Laboratory use of hazardous chemicals means handling or use of such chemicals in which all of the following conditions are met: (i) Chemical manipulations are carried out on a laboratory scale; (ii) Multiple chemical procedures or chemicals are used; (iii) The procedures involved are not part of a production process, nor in any way simulate a production process; and (iv) Protective laboratory practices and equipment are available and in common use to minimize the potential for employee exposure to hazardous chemicals. Medical consultation means a consultation which takes place between an employee and a licensed physician for the purpose of determining what medical examinations or procedures, if any, are appropriate in cases where a significant exposure to a hazardous chemical may have taken place. Organic peroxide means an organic compound that contains the bivalent -O-O- structure and which may be considered to be a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced by an organic radical. Oxidizer means a chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in (a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials, thereby causing fire either of itself or through the release of oxygen or other gases. Physical hazard means a chemical for which there is scientifically valid evidence tat it is a combustible liquid, a compressed gas, explosive, flammable, an organic peroxide, an oxidizer pyrophoric, unstable (reactive) or water-reactive. Protective laboratory practices and equipment means those laboratory procedures, practices and equipment accepted by laboratory health and safety experts as effective or that the employer can show to be effective, in minimizing the potential for employee exposure to hazardous chemicals. Reproductive toxins means chemicals which affect the reproductive chemicals which affect the reproductive capabilities including chromosomal damage (mutations) and effects on fetuses (teratogenesis). Select carcinogen means any substance which meets one of the following criteria: (i) It is regulated by OSHA as a carcinogen; or (ii) It is listed under the category, known to be carcinogens, in the Annual Report on Carcinogens published by the National Toxicology Program (NTP)(latest edition); or (iii) It is listed under Group 1 ( carcinogenic to humans ) by the International Agency for research on Cancer Monographs (IARC)(latest editions); or (iv) It is listed in either Group 2A or 2B by IARC or under the category, reasonably anticipated to be carcinogens by NTP and causes statistically significant tumor incidence in experimental animals in accordance with any of the following criteria: (A) After inhalation exposure of 6-7 hours per day, 5 days per week, for a significant portion of a lifetime to dosages of less than 10 mg/m(3); (B) After repeated skin application of less than 300 (mg/kg of body weight) per week; or (C) After oral dosages of less than 50 mg/kg of body weight per day. Unstable (reactive) means a chemical which is the pure state or as produced or transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense or will become self-reactive under conditions of shocks, pressure or temperature. Water-reactive means a chemical that reacts with water to release a gas that is either flammable or presents a health hazard (c) Permissible exposure limits. For laboratory uses of OSHA regulated substances, the employer shall assure that laboratory employees exposures to such substances do not exceed the permissible exposure limits specified in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z (d) (d) Employee exposure determination (d)(1) Initial monitoring. The employer shall measure the employee s exposure to any substance regulated by a standard which requires monitoring if there is reason to believe that exposure levels for that substance routinely exceed the action level (or in the absence of an action level, the PEL) (d)(2) Periodic monitoring. If the initial monitoring prescribed by paragraph (d)(1) of this section discloses employee exposure over UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 196

197 the action level (or in the absence of an action level, the PEL), the employer shall immediately comply with the exposure monitoring provisions of the relevant standard (d)(3) Termination of monitoring. Monitoring may be terminated in accordance with the relevant standard (d)(4) Employee notification of monitoring results. The employer shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of any monitoring results, notify the employee of these results in writing either individually or by posting results in an appropriate location that is accessible to employees (e) Chemical hygiene plan - General. (Appendix A of this section is non-mandatory but provides guidance to assist employers in the development of the Chemical Hygiene Plan) (e)(1) Where hazardous chemicals as defined by this standard are used in the workplace, the employer shall develop and carry out the provisions of a written Chemical Hygiene Plan which is: (e)(1)(i) Capable of protecting employees from health hazards associated with hazardous chemicals in that laboratory and (e)(1)(ii) (e)(1)(ii) Capable of keeping exposures below the limits specified in paragraph (c) of this section (e)(2) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall be readily available to employees, employee representatives and, upon request, to the Assistant Secretary (e)(3) The Chemical Hygiene Plan shall include each of the following elements and shall indicate specific measures that the employer will take to ensure laboratory employee protection; (e)(3)(i) Standard operating procedures relevant to safety and health considerations to be followed when laboratory work involves the use of hazardous chemicals; (e)(3)(ii) Criteria that the employer will use to determine and implement control measures to reduce employee exposure to hazardous chemicals including engineering controls, the use of personal protective equipment and hygiene practices; particular attention shall be given to the selection of control measures for chemicals that are known to be extremely hazardous; (e)(3)(iii) A requirement that fume hoods and other protective equipment are functioning properly and specific measures that shall be taken to ensure proper and adequate performance of such equipment; (e)(3)(iv) (e)(3)(iv) Provisions for employee information and training as prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section; (e)(3)(v) The circumstances under which a particular laboratory operation, procedure or activity shall require prior approval from the employer or the employer s designee before implementation; (e)(3)(vi) Provisions for medical consultation and medical examinations in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section; (e)(3)(vii) Designation of personnel responsible for implementation of the Chemical Hygiene Plan including the assignment of a Chemical Hygiene Officer and, if appropriate, establishment of a Chemical Hygiene Committee; and (e)(3)(viii) Provisions for additional employee protection for work with particularly hazardous substances. These include select carcinogens, reproductive toxins and substances which have a high degree of acute toxicity. Specific consideration shall be given to the following provisions which shall be included where appropriate: (e)(3)(viii)(A) Establishment of a designated area; (e)(3)(viii)(B) Use of containment devices such as fume hoods or glove boxes; (e)(3)(viii)(C) UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 197

198 Procedures for safe removal of contaminated waste; and (e)(3)(viii)(d) (e)(3)(viii)(D) Decontamination procedures (e)(4) The employer shall review and evaluate the effectiveness of the Chemical Hygiene Plan at least annually and update it as necessary (f) Employee information and training (f)(1) The employer shall provide employees with information and training to ensure that they are apprised of the hazards of chemicals present in their work area (f)(2) Such information shall be provided at the time of an employee s initial assignment to a work area where hazardous chemicals are present and prior to assignments involving new exposure situations. The frequency of refresher information and training shall be determined by the employer (f)(3) Information. Employees shall be informed of: (f)(3)(i) The contents of this standard and its appendices which shall be made available to employees; (f)(3)(ii) the location and availability of the employer s Chemical Hygiene Plan; (f)(3)(iii) (f)(3)(iii) The permissible exposure limits for OSHA regulated substances or recommended exposure limits for other hazardous chemicals where there is no applicable OSHA standard; (f)(3)(iv) Signs and symptoms associated with exposures to hazardous chemicals used in the laboratory; and (f)(3)(v) The location and availability of known reference material on the hazards, safe handling, storage and disposal of hazardous chemicals found in the laboratory including, but not limited to, Material Safety Data Sheets received from the chemical supplier (f)(4) Training (f)(4)(i) Employee training shall include: (f)(4)(i)(A) Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical (such as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor of hazardous chemicals when being released, etc.); (f)(4)(i)(B) The physical and health hazards of chemicals in the work area; and (f)(4)(i)(C) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from these hazards, including specific procedures the employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to hazardous chemicals, such as appropriate work practices, emergency procedures and personal protective equipment to be used (f)(4)(ii) (f)(4)(ii) The employee shall be trained on the applicable details of the employer s written Chemical Hygiene Plan (g) Medical consultation and medical examinations (g)(1) The employer shall provide all employees who work with hazardous chemicals an opportunity to receive medical attention, including any follow-up examinations which the examining physician determines to be necessary, under the following circumstances: (g)(1)(i) Whenever an employee develops signs or symptoms associated with a hazardous chemical to which the employee may have been exposed in the laboratory, the employee shall be provided an opportunity to receive an appropriate medical examination (g)(1)(ii) UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 198

199 Where exposure monitoring reveals an exposure level routinely above the action level (or in the absence of an action level, the PEL) for an OSHA regulated substance for which there are exposure monitoring and medical surveillance requirements, medical surveillance shall be established for the affected employee as prescribed by the particular standard (g)(1)(iii) Whenever an event takes place in the work area such as a spill, leak, explosion or other occurrence resulting in the likelihood of a hazardous exposure, the affected employee shall be provided an opportunity for a medical consultation. Such consultation shall be for the purpose of determining the need for a medical examination (g)(2) (g)(2) All medical examinations and consultations shall be performed by or under the direct supervision of a licensed physician and shall be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay and at a reasonable time and place (g)(3) Information provided to the physician. The employer shall provide the following information to the physician: (g)(3)(i) The identity of the hazardous chemical(s) to which the employee may have been exposed; (g)(3)(ii) A description of the conditions under which the exposure occurred including quantitative exposure data, if available; and (g)(3)(iii) A description of the signs and symptoms of exposure that the employee is experiencing, if any (g)(4) Physician s written opinion (g)(4)(i) For examination or consultation required under this standard, the employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include the following: (g)(4)(i)(A) Any recommendation for further medical follow-up; (g)(4)(i)(B) The results of the medical examination and any associated tests; (g)(4)(i)(c) (g)(4)(i)(C) Any medical condition which may be revealed in the course of the examination which may place the employee at increased risk as a result of exposure to a hazardous workplace; and (g)(4)(i)(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the consultation or medical examination and any medical condition that may require further examination or treatment (g)(4)(ii) The written opinion shall not reveal specific findings of diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure (h) Hazard identification (h)(1) With respect to labels and material safety data sheets: (h)(1)(i) Employers shall ensure that labels on incoming containers of hazardous chemicals are not removed or defaced (h)(1)(ii) Employers shall maintain any material safety data sheets that are received with incoming shipments of hazardous chemicals and ensure that they are readily accessible to laboratory employees (h)(2) The following provisions shall apply to chemical substances developed in the laboratory: (h)(2)(i) (h)(2)(i) If the composition of the chemical substance which is produced exclusively for the laboratory s use is known, the employer shall determine if it is a hazardous chemical as defined in paragraph (b) of this section. If the chemical is determined to be hazardous, the employer shall provide appropriate training as required under paragraph (f) of this section (h)(2)(ii) UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 199

200 If the chemical produced is a byproduct whose composition is not known, the employer shall assume that the substance is hazardous and shall implement paragraph (e) of this section (h)(2)(iii) If the chemical substance is produced for another user outside of the laboratory, the employer shall comply with the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR ) including the requirements for preparation of material safety data sheets and labeling (i) Use of respirators. Where the use of respirators is necessary to maintain exposure below permissible exposure limits, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the employee, the proper respiratory equipment. Respirators shall be selected and used in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR (j) Recordkeeping (j)(1) The employer shall establish and maintain for each employee an accurate record of any measurements taken to monitor employee exposures and any medical consultation and examinations including tests or written opinions required by this standard (j)(2) (j)(2) The employer shall assure that such records are kept, transferred and made available in accordance with 29 CFR (k) Dates (k)(1) Effective date. This section shall become effective May 1, (k)(2) Start-up dates (k)(2)(i) Employers shall have developed and implemented a written Chemical Hygiene Plan no later than January 31, (k)(2)(ii) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not take effect until the employer has developed and implemented a written Chemical Hygiene Plan (l) Appendices. The information contained in the appendices is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligation. [61 FR 5507, Feb. 13, 1996] UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 200

201 Appendix Z Laboratory Check Out/Check In Forms LABORATORY CHECK-OUT FORM Completed Date Completed Questions G E N E R A L Contact EHS at least one month prior to lab move. Yes No N/A / / Remove Caution Door Signs when lab is vacated and all hazardous materials have been removed. Ensure that laboratory personnel have decontaminated all potentially contaminated surfaces (chemical, biological or radiological contaminants). Ensure that potential asbestos containing materials (e.g., lab ovens, benchtops) are tested prior to disposal. Contact EHS if you have any questions. Collapse uncontaminated, unwanted cardboard boxes for recycling. Alert Custodial Services when bundled cardboard is ready for removal. Indicate who will assume ownership of chemicals that are left behind (if any). Name: Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Ensure that all unwanted chemicals are added to the UNHCEMS website. Yes No N/A / / H A Z A R D O U S W A S T E Ensure that all hazardous waste containers have a completed UNH hazardous waste label including proper identification of contents. Yes No N/A / / Ensure that all hazardous waste is removed prior to last day of occupancy. Yes No N/A / / Return all gas cylinders and lecture bottles to their respective vendors. Yes No N/A / / Retrieve all mercury-containing devices for waste pickup by EHS if they will not be taken with PI. B I O L O G I C A L S A F E T Y Yes No N/A / / Notify EHS to inactivate IBC registered activities. Yes No N/A / / Ensure that biosafety cabinet surfaces have been decontaminated and cleaned (or call a vendor to decontaminate). Decontaminate biological safety cabinet filters or replace with new HEPA filters. Remove all biological materials from storage equipment. Decontaminate surfaces with an appropriate disinfectant. Remove all biological stickers from equipment after decontamination. Ensure that all biological waste has been packaged, sealed and labeled before removal. Ensure that all contaminated sharps are enclosed within Sharps containers. Place the Sharps container in a burn box and dispose as biological waste. Do not leave any sharps in the laboratory. R A D I A T I O N S A F E T Y Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Notify EHS 30 days before terminating work with any radionuclides. Yes No N/A / / All equipment that has been subject to radioisotope exposure must be inspected and formally released by EHS. Ensure that all equipment that has been subject to radioisotope exposure is inspected and formally released by EHS. Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / E L E C T R I C A L S A F E T Y Bleed any stored energy from electrical equipment bound for the trash. Yes No N/A / / Have any electrical or computer equipment for disposal approved by Purchasing. Submit completed form to: OEHS, 11 Leavitt Lane Yes No N/A / / UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 201

202 LABORATORY CHECK-IN FORM Status Date Completed Questions G E N E R A L Provide copies of the UNH Laboratory Safety Plan to individuals in the laboratory. This document is available online at Ensure your chemical inventory is included in UNHCEMS ( Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Ensure that lab personnel understand where and how to obtain chemicals. Yes No N/A / / Ensure that lab personnel know where Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are located ( Ensure that appropriate personal protective equipment is worn in the laboratory. Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Complete a Caution Sign for each laboratory door. Yes No N/A / / Provide lab emergency contact information to EHS. Yes No N/A / / H A Z A R D O U S W A S T E Obtain a copy of the UNH Hazardous Waste Management Plan. This document is available online at Contact EHS to establish hazardous waste Satellite Accumulation Areas (SAAs). Contact EHS for biological/infectious waste containers and to establish collection schedule. Ensure that individuals do not bring mercury-containing thermometers or devices into University facilities (unless scientific justification has been shown). B I O L O G I C A L S A F E T Y Clean and certify all biological safety cabinets prior to usage. (An outside vendor is used to certify biological safety cabinets at UNH. Call EHS for more information.) Ensure that personnel have completed Biological Safety and Sharps Training prior to beginning any laboratory activities. Register all use of infectious material, human cell lines, materials, tissue, blood, and recombinant DNA with the UNH IBC at Contact the UNH Responsible Official prior to receiving, shipping, or using CDC Select Agents or USDA High Consequence Livestock Pathogens or Toxins. Register all use of Select Agents with the UNH Office of Environmental Health and Safety. Register with CDC/USDA before receiving or transferring Select Agents or High Consequence Livestock Pathogens or Toxins. Call the biosafety officer for more information. Submit protocols using vertebrate animals to UNH IACUC for review prior to commencing. Submit protocols using human subjects to UNH IRB for review prior to commencing. R A D I A T I O N S A F E T Y If you want to use radioactive materials, complete the Radiation Permit Application available at S H I P P I N G S A F E T Y If lab will be shipping chemical, biological, or radiological samples or materials, responsible lab personnel must complete Shipping Training. Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Yes No N/A / / Submit completed form to: OEHS, 11 Leavitt Lane UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 202

203 Maintenance Entry Approval Form This form must be printed on PINK colored paper. To ensure the safe entry into laboratories and other areas containing hazardous materials, the following information is needed from the individual responsible for the area in question. NOTE TO PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATORS Work on this project will not begin until the area is determined to be safe for maintenance personnel to enter. Description of work to be performed (include equipment description): Building: Room(s): Contact Person: Telephone #: Hazardous conditions: Have all hazardous materials (i.e., chemicals) been moved away from the work area? Yes No Have all areas been decontaminated in preparation for entry? Yes No Safety equipment needed (check all that apply): Gloves Safety glasses Respirator Hearing protection Protective clothing Authorized start date/time: Principal Investigator: Date: Time: Once completed, POST on door where work will commence. Maintenance Request # Start date/time: Anticipated completion date/time: This section to be completed by Facility Operations. WORK COMPLETED BY MAINTENANCE: Yes No IF NO, PLEASE EXPLAIN: Technician Signature: Date: Return to Facility Operations, Leavitt Center, when complete. UNH Laboratory Safety Plan University of New Hampshire. Page 203